10 Haag Kastler Axioms Blueprint
With all the original Haag Kastler Axioms unpacked, we are now in a position to “sharpen” their formulation.
However, before even stating the “sharpened” axioms, the first thing we need to do is to define a number of terms to a level amenable to auto-formalization and also prove a number of theorems.
10.1 GNS Construction Details
Here we will state and prove the GNS Construction Theorem, which we make use of in the axioms we present later.
We generally follow the clear, straightforward presentation in Entanglement in Algebraic Quantum Field Theories.
10.1.1 GNS Construction Theorem
In this section we will state the GNS Construction Theorem, which we prove in subsequent sections.
Before stating the theorem we’ll need to introduce terminology that appears in the theorem’s statement. We begin with the definition of "state" and some closely associated terms.
Let \(\mathfrak {U}\) be an abstract C*-algebra. A state is an element \(\omega \) of the dual space \(\mathfrak {U}^*\) that is
Positive - for any \(a \in \mathfrak {U}\) we have \(0 \le \omega (a^*a)\) and
Normalized - the operator norm satisfies \(\| \omega \| =1\).
Furthermore, a state \(\omega \) is said to be faithful if for any non-zero \(a\) in \(\mathfrak {U}\), it follows that \(0 {\lt} \omega (a^*a)\).
We will also have need of the term "cyclic vector".
Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be an algebra represented by the bounded operators \(\pi (\mathcal{A})\) on the Hilbert space \(\mathcal{H}\). A vector \(\Omega \) in \(\mathcal{H}\) is said to be a cyclic vector if the set
is dense in \(\mathcal{H}\).
With this terminology we are then able to state the GNS Construction Theorem.
Let \(\omega \) be a state over a unital C*-algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\). One can then construct a Hilbert space \(\mathcal{H}_\omega \) and *-representation \(\pi _\omega \) of \(\mathfrak {U}\) by bounded operators on \(\mathcal{H}_\omega \) such that
As \(\mathfrak {U}\) is unital, there exists a cyclic vector \(\Omega \) in \(\mathcal{H}_\omega \) for the representation \(\pi _\omega \) such that
The triple \((\mathcal{H}_\omega , \pi _\omega , \Omega )\) is called the GNS triple associated to \((\mathfrak {U}, \omega )\) or the cyclic representation of \((\mathfrak {U}, \omega )\). Furthermore, if \(\omega \) is a faithful state, then the *-representation \(\pi _\omega \) is faithful. In addition the GNS triple associated to \((\mathfrak {U}, \omega )\) is unique up to unitary equivalence.
This proof has five parts: (1) the construction of the GNS Hilbert space \(\mathcal{H}_\omega \), (2) the construction of the *-representation \(\pi _\omega \), (3) the construction of the cyclic vector \(\Omega \) in \(\mathcal{H}_\omega \), (4) the proof that the *-representation \(\pi _\omega \) is faithful, and (5) the proof of uniqueness up to unitary equivalence. Each part corresponds to one of the parts below.
Construction of the GNS Hilbert Space. We’ll construct the GNS Hilbert space \(\mathcal{H}_\omega \) from the C*-algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\) itself, modifying \(\mathfrak {U}\) as needed to obtain the desired \(\mathcal{H}_\omega \).
Let’s start by attempting to place an inner product on \(\mathfrak {U}\). Naively one might hope the following defines an inner product
on \(\mathfrak {U}\). Unfortunately it doesn’t. Let’s examine why this fails.
Consider the set
Generically \(\omega \) isn’t faithful. Thus in \(\mathcal{N}\) there exist non-zero \(n\). For such \(n\) one has
Hence, there are non-zero \(n\) in \(\mathfrak {U}\) such that \(\left\langle n, n \right\rangle = 0\). The existence of such \(n\) proves that our naive inner product on \(\mathfrak {U}\)
actually isn’t an inner product. However, the form \(\mathcal{N}\) takes gives us a hint as to how to repair this naive inner product.
In particular, if we quotient \(\mathfrak {U}\) by \(\mathcal{N}\) we may rid ourselves of the problem we encountered above and hopefully be able to construct an inner product on \(\mathfrak {U} / \mathcal{N}\) and its completion. We’ll see this plan actually works.
However, before being able to see this plan through we’ll need to take a quick detour and prove a few needed results, which are stated and proved separately below.
The most famous of these results is the Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality (16).
The next result we need to prove is the equality \(\mathcal{N} = \mathcal{N}_1\) of the two null sets (17).
Next we will prove \(\mathcal{N}\) is a closed, linear subspace of \(\mathfrak {U}\) (18). Establishing this will allow us to take the quotient of \(\mathfrak {U}\) by \(\mathcal{N}\).
As we have established that \(\mathcal{N}\) is a closed, linear subspace of \(\mathfrak {U}\), we can now take the quotient of \(\mathfrak {U}\) by \(\mathcal{N}\). Elements of the quotient \(\mathfrak {U} / \mathcal{N}\) are equivalence classes of the form
with the zero vector in \(\mathfrak {U} / \mathcal{N}\) given by
On \(\mathfrak {U} / \mathcal{N}\) we can introduce an inner product
motivated by our naive attempt at placing an inner product on \(\mathfrak {U}\). This inner product is well-defined on \(\mathfrak {U} / \mathcal{N}\) as one can see from its invariance under \(a \rightarrow a + n\) where \(n\) is in \(\mathcal{N}\),
In this the first equality follows from \(\omega \) being linear, the second from our previous result \(\omega (n^*b) = \overline{\omega (b^*n)}\), and the final from our previous result \(\mathcal{N} = \mathcal{N}_1\). A similar argument using \(\mathcal{N} = \mathcal{N}_1\) yields invariance under \(b \rightarrow b + n\) too.
Furthermore, the inner product
on \(\mathfrak {U} / \mathcal{N}\) doesn’t suffer from the same problem that our naive inner product on \(\mathfrak {U}\) did. In particular, one can easily prove
if and only if \([a] = [0]\). This is essentially by construction.
The final step in going from \(\mathfrak {U} / \mathcal{N}\) to the Hilbert space \(\mathcal{H}_\omega \) consists of completing \(\mathfrak {U} / \mathcal{N}\) in the norm defined by the inner product above. As this is standard, we will not present the details here. The completion of \(\mathfrak {U} / \mathcal{N}\) in this norm is the Hilbert space \(\mathcal{H}_\omega \) of the GNS Construction Theorem.
Construction of the GNS Representation. Next we will construct \(\pi _\omega \) the *-representation of \(\mathfrak {U}\) by bounded operators on \(\mathcal{H}_\omega \). This will be much easier than the construction of \(\mathcal{H}_\omega \).
By construction we can consider \(\mathfrak {U} / \mathcal{N}\) as dense in \(\mathcal{H}_\omega \). On this dense subset we define the action of \(\pi _\omega \) the *-representation of \(\mathfrak {U}\) on \(\mathfrak {U} / \mathcal{N}\) as follows
where \([z]\) is an arbitrary element of \(\mathfrak {U} / \mathcal{N}\).
This definition of \(\pi _\omega \) on \(\mathfrak {U} / \mathcal{N}\) is well-defined as for any other member of the equivalence class \([z]\) of the form \([z + n]\) one has
where the second equality follows from our previous result \(\mathcal{N}_1 = \mathcal{N}\). In other words, \(\pi _\omega \) is well-defined as \(\mathcal{N}\) is a left-ideal in \(\mathfrak {U}\).
Furthermore, it trivially follows from the definition of \(\pi _\omega \) that it is linear and an algebraic morphism. So it remains to prove that \(\pi _\omega \) is bounded and also a *-morphism.
Let us first prove that \(\pi _\omega \) is bounded.
Consider a non-zero \([z]\) in \(\mathfrak {U} / \mathcal{N}\). Simply applying definitions one has
With that last equation in mind let us define the map \(\phi \) acting on \(\mathfrak {U}\) by
One can easily check that \(\phi \) when acting on \(\mathfrak {U}\) is linear and positive as
as a result of \(\omega \) being positive.
Now as \(\phi \) is a positive, linear function on the unital C*-algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\) we can invoke the theorem (Chapter III Theorem 2.2.9 of Haag)
Theorem. A positive, linear operator \(\phi \) on a unital Banach *-algebra \(\mathcal{A}\) is bounded and satisfies\begin{align} \| \phi \| = \phi (\mathbf{1}) \end{align}where \(\phi (\mathbf{1})\) is \(\phi \) acting on the unit \(\mathbf{1}\) of \(\mathcal{A}\).
to prove that \(\| \phi \| = \phi (\mathbf{1})\). A short computation finds
proving \(\| \phi \| =1\), i.e. \(\phi \) is normalized. As \(\phi \) is a linear, positive, normalized operator on the unital C*-algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\), it is indeed a state.
Now as \(\phi \) is normalized and thus \(\| \phi \| =1\), the definition of the norm \(\| \phi \| \) implies
This along with our previous derivation gives
Using the definition of the norm \(\| \pi _\omega (a)\| \) this equation then implies
which is the statement that \(\pi _\omega (a)\) is a bounded operator on \(\mathfrak {U} / \mathcal{N}\).
Thus using the following standard theorem (Theorem A.36 Hall)
Bounded Linear Transformation Theorem. Let \(V_1\) be a normed space and \(V_2\) a Banach space. Suppose \(W\) is a dense subspace of \(V_1\) and \(T: W \rightarrow V_2\) is a bounded linear map. Then there exists a unique bounded linear map \(\widetilde{T}: V_1 \rightarrow V_2\) such that \(\widetilde{T}|_W = T\). Furthermore, the norm of \(\widetilde{T}\) equals the norm of \(T\).
one can extend \(\pi _\omega \) from the dense subset \(\mathfrak {U} / \mathcal{N}\) of \(\mathcal{H}_\omega \) to all of \(\mathcal{H}_\omega \). We do so and use the same notation \(\pi _\omega \) for this extension.
Finally we need to prove that \(\pi _\omega \) is not only an algebraic morphism but is a *-morphism. Thankfully this is relatively simple.
For \([x]\) and \([y]\) in \(\mathfrak {U} / \mathcal{N}\) and \(a\) in \(\mathfrak {U}\), we have
Hence, \(\pi _\omega (a^*) = \pi _\omega (a)^\dagger \) and \(\pi _\omega \) is a *-morphism.
Construction of the Cyclic Vector. Our next task is to construct the cyclic vector \(\Omega \). This is relatively straightforward.
As \(\mathfrak {U}\) is unital we can make the definition
Tracing definitions we have
As \(\mathfrak {U} / \mathcal{N}\) is dense in \(\mathcal{H}_\omega \), this implies that \(\Omega \) is a cyclic vector in \(\mathcal{H}_\omega \) for the representation \(\pi _\omega \), the property claimed of \(\Omega \) in the GNS Construction Theorem.
In addition tracing definitions gives
which proves another relation
claimed in the GNS Construction Theorem.
Faithfulness of the GNS Representation. Now we are going to prove the *-representation \(\pi _\omega \) is faithful if \(\omega \) is a faithful state.
For this section of the proof, assume that \(\omega \) is a faithful state.
To prove that \(\pi _\omega \) is a faithful representation, we must prove that \(\ker \pi _\omega = \{ 0\} \). In other words, we must prove that \(\pi _\omega (a) = 0\) implies that \(a=0\).
Assume that \(\pi _\omega (a) = 0\). Thus we have
As \(\omega \) is assumed faithful in this section of the proof, this implies that \(a=0\). This in turn implies \(\ker \pi _\omega = \{ 0\} \), which proves that if \(\omega \) is faithful, then \(\pi _\omega \) is faithful, the desired result.
Uniqueness up to Unitary Equivalence. Finally to complete the proof of the GNS Construction Theorem we now prove that the GNS triple associated to \((\mathfrak {U}, \omega )\) is unique up to unitary equivalence.
To that end let \((\mathcal{H}_\omega ', \pi _\omega ', \Omega ')\) be a second GNS triple associated to \((\mathfrak {U}, \omega )\). (This implies, in particular, that the inner product on \(\mathcal{H}_\omega '\) is given by \(\omega \).) Then define an operator \(U\) by
The operator \(U\) is obviously linear. Furthermore, as \(\Omega \) and \(\Omega '\) are cyclic, the domain of \(U\) is dense in \(\mathcal{H}_\omega \) and its range is dense in \(\mathcal{H}_\omega '\). Now, as a result of chasing definitions
we find that \(U\) preserves the inner product and is thus bounded. Furthermore, as \(U\) preserves the inner product on its dense domain and dense range, it’s also unitary there.
As \(U\) is bounded on its dense domain, the Bounded Linear Transformation Theorem (Theorem A.36 Hall)
Bounded Linear Transformation Theorem. Let \(V_1\) be a normed space and \(V_2\) a Banach space. Suppose \(W\) is a dense subspace of \(V_1\) and \(T: W \rightarrow V_2\) is a bounded linear map. Then there exists a unique bounded linear map \(\widetilde{T}: V_1 \rightarrow V_2\) such that \(\widetilde{T}|_W = T\). Furthermore, the norm of \(\widetilde{T}\) equals the norm of \(T\).
can be used to extend the domain of \(U\) to all of \(\mathcal{H}_\omega \). This gives a well-defined, unitary map from \(\mathcal{H}_\omega \) to \(\mathcal{H}_\omega '\) that we also denote by \(U : \mathcal{H}_\omega \rightarrow \mathcal{H}_\omega '\).
Now, the definition of \(U\)
gives for the case \(a = \mathbf{1}\)
Hence, the fact that \(U\) is unitary and thus \(U^{-1}\) is well-defined gives
However, the definition of \(U\) implies
Thus the previous two equations imply
As a result of cyclicity of \(\Omega '\) this implies that
To complete the proof we must first show that \(U\pi _\omega (a)U^{-1}\) and \(\pi _\omega (a)'\) agree not only on \(\Omega '\), but also on \(\pi _\omega (c)'\Omega '\), which as \(\Omega '\) is cyclic is dense in \(\mathcal{H}_\omega '\). This can then be used along with the Bounded Linear Transformation Theorem to prove that \(U\pi _\omega (a)U^{-1}\) and \(\pi _\omega (a)'\) agree on \(\mathcal{H}_\omega '\).
Let us first prove that \(U\pi _\omega (a)U^{-1}\) and \(\pi _\omega (a)'\) agree on \(\pi _\omega (c)'\Omega '\). We have
Thus \(U\pi _\omega (a)U^{-1}\) and \(\pi _\omega (a)'\) agree on \(\pi _\omega (c)'\Omega '\).
As \(\Omega '\) is cyclic, \(\pi _\omega (c)'\Omega '\) is dense in \(\mathcal{H}_\omega '\), and thus the Bounded Linear Transformation Theorem (Theorem A.36 Hall)
Bounded Linear Transformation Theorem. Let \(V_1\) be a normed space and \(V_2\) a Banach space. Suppose \(W\) is a dense subspace of \(V_1\) and \(T: W \rightarrow V_2\) is a bounded linear map. Then there exists a unique bounded linear map \(\widetilde{T}: V_1 \rightarrow V_2\) such that \(\widetilde{T}|_W = T\). Furthermore, the norm of \(\widetilde{T}\) equals the norm of \(T\).
can be invoked to prove that \(U\pi _\omega (a)U^{-1}\) and \(\pi _\omega (a)'\) agree on \(\mathcal{H}_\omega '\), proving that
and two GNS triples associated to \((\mathfrak {U}, \omega )\) can differ at most by a unitary transformation, completing our proof of the GNS Construction Theorem.
10.1.2 Auxiliary Results Used in the Proof
The three results used in the detour of the proof above are stated and proved here.
The most famous of these results is the Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality
Let \(\mathcal{A}\) be a *-algebra and \(\omega \) a positive element of the dual space \(\mathcal{A}^*\), i.e. \(\omega \) is an element of the dual space \(\mathcal{A}^*\) such that for any \(a \in \mathcal{A}\) one has \(0 \le \omega (a^*a)\). Then
for all \(a\) and \(b\) in \(\mathcal{A}\).
Positivity of \(\omega \) implies that for any \(a\) and \(b\) in \(\mathcal{A}\) and \(\lambda \in \mathbb {C}\) one has
As \(\omega \) is an element of the dual space \(\mathcal{A}^*\) and thus linear, this implies
This inequality then implies both desired results,
We will prove these one-by-one. Let us first prove this inequality implies \(\omega (a^*b) = \overline{\omega (b^*a)}\).
Notice that the inequality is between two real numbers, \(0\) and the right-hand side. As \(\omega \) is positive, the first and last summands on the right-hand side are obviously real. This then implies
As \(\lambda \) is arbitrary, we are free to choose it to be real, which implies the imaginary parts of \(\omega (a^*b)\) and \(\omega (b^*a)\) are equal but have the opposite signs.
Similarly, we are free to choose \(\lambda \) to be imaginary, which implies that the real parts of \(\omega (a^*b)\) and \(\omega (b^*a)\) are equal. Together these facts imply the first result
Let us next prove that our inequality
implies \(\lvert \omega (a^*b) \rvert ^2 \le \omega (a^*a) \omega (b^*b)\).
Again, as \(\lambda \) is arbitrary, we are free to choose it to extremize the right-hand side of the inequality. Extremizing the right-hand of this inequality with respect to \(\overline{\lambda }\) and assuming \(\omega (a^*a) \ne 0\) one finds at the extrema
Substituting this into the inequality, multiplying by \(\omega (a^*a)\) while using the fact that \(\omega \) is positive, and using \(\omega (a^*b) = \overline{\omega (b^*a)}\), then one obtains
which implies
the second desired result under the assumption that \(\omega (a^*a) \ne 0\).
If we now allow for the case \(\omega (a^*a) = 0\), our inequality reduces to
Our previous result implies \(\omega (b^*a) = \overline{\omega (a^*b)}\). Hence, this inequality takes the form
Now as \(\lambda \) is arbitrary we are free to select it as follows
where \(0 {\lt} r\) is an arbitrary positive real number. Then the previous inequality takes the form
Now if we assume for the moment that \(0 {\lt} \lvert \omega (a^*b) \rvert \), then we can always select \(0 {\lt} r\) large enough such that this inequality is violated, the \(-2r \lvert \omega (a^*b) \rvert ^2\) term dominating the \(\omega (b^*b)\) term. Hence, it must be the case that \(\lvert \omega (a^*b) \rvert = 0\).
Now we have \(\omega (a^*a) = 0\) and \(\lvert \omega (a^*b) \rvert = 0\). Hence, the desired inequality
follows trivially, completing our proof.
The next result we need to prove is:
Let \(\omega \) be a state over a unital C*-algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\). Then the set \(\mathcal{N}_1\) defined by
is equivalent to the set \(\mathcal{N}\) defined by
We will first prove that \(\mathcal{N} \subseteq \mathcal{N}_1\). Then we will prove \(\mathcal{N}_1 \subseteq \mathcal{N}\). Together these imply \(\mathcal{N} = \mathcal{N}_1\), the final desired result.
Let us begin by proving \(\mathcal{N} \subseteq \mathcal{N}_1\).
\(\mathfrak {U}\) is a C*-algebra and thus a *-algebra. In addition \(\omega \) is a state and thus a positive element of the dual space \(\mathfrak {U}^*\). Thus, for arbitrary \(b\) and \(n\) in \(\mathfrak {U}\) we can apply the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality to obtain
Thus if \(n\) is in \(\mathcal{N}\), and thus satisfies \(\omega (n^*n) = 0\), then this inequality implies \(\omega (b^*n) = 0\) for all \(b\) in \(\mathfrak {U}\). This then implies \(n\) is in \(\mathcal{N}_1\). As \(n\) was an arbitrary element of \(\mathcal{N}\), this in turn implies that \(\mathcal{N} \subseteq \mathcal{N}_1\), the first desired result.
Next let us prove that \(\mathcal{N}_1 \subseteq \mathcal{N}\).
Consider an arbitrary \(n_1\) in \(\mathcal{N}_1\). By definition \(\omega (b^*n_1) = 0\) for any \(b\) in \(\mathfrak {U}\). In particular we can select \(b=n_1\). Doing so we have \(\omega (n_1^*n_1) = 0\). This then implies \(n_1\) is in \(\mathcal{N}\). As \(n_1\) was an arbitrary element of \(\mathcal{N}_1\) this further implies \(\mathcal{N}_1 \subseteq \mathcal{N}\), the second desired result.
We have thus proven \(\mathcal{N} \subseteq \mathcal{N}_1\) and \(\mathcal{N}_1 \subseteq \mathcal{N}\) which together imply \(\mathcal{N} = \mathcal{N}_1\), the final desired result.
Next we will prove \(\mathcal{N}\) is a closed, linear subspace of \(\mathfrak {U}\). Establishing this will allow us to take the quotient of \(\mathfrak {U}\) by \(\mathcal{N}\).
Let \(\omega \) be a state over a unital C*-algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\). Then the set \(\mathcal{N}\) defined by
is a closed, linear subspace of \(\mathfrak {U}\).
First let us prove that \(\mathcal{N}\) is a linear subspace of \(\mathfrak {U}\).
Consider arbitrary \(n,m \in \mathcal{N}\) and arbitrary \(\lambda , \mu \in \mathbb {C}\). As proven above \(\mathcal{N} = \mathcal{N}_1\), thus for arbitrary \(b \in \mathfrak {U}\), one has
Hence, the linearity of \(\omega \) then implies
As \(b \in \mathfrak {U}\) was arbitrary, this implies that \((\lambda n + \mu m) \in \mathcal{N}_1\). As we previously proved \(\mathcal{N} = \mathcal{N}_1\), this in turn implies \((\lambda n + \mu m) \in \mathcal{N}\). Hence \(\mathcal{N}\) is a linear subspace of \(\mathfrak {U}\), the first desired result.
Next let us prove that \(\mathcal{N}\) is a closed subspace of \(\mathfrak {U}\).
First, let us note that as \(\omega \) is a state, it is by definition a linear, normalized operator on \(\mathfrak {U}\). Hence, it is a linear, bounded operator on \(\mathfrak {U}\), a normed space. Thus, as a result of the standard theorem (Theorem B.2.4 of Entanglement in Algebraic Quantum Field Theories)
Theorem. Let \(X\) and \(Y\) be normed spaces and \(T: \mathcal{D}(T) \rightarrow Y\) be a linear operator where \(\mathcal{D}(T) \subseteq X\). Then \(T\) is continuous if and only if it is bounded.
along with the fact that \(\mathbb {C}\) is a normed space, it follows that \(\omega \) is continuous.
With the continuity of \(\omega \) in hand, consider a sequence \((n_i)_{i \in \mathbb {N}}\) in \(\mathcal{N}\) that converges to \(n\) in \(\mathfrak {U}\). As \(\omega \) is continuous, for any \(b\) in \(\mathfrak {U}\) one has
where the final equality follows from our previous result \(\mathcal{N} = \mathcal{N}_1\). This proves that \(n\) is an element of \(\mathcal{N}_1\) and thus, as a consequence of our previous result \(\mathcal{N}_1 = \mathcal{N}\), that \(n\) is an element of \(\mathcal{N}\). This establishes that \(\mathcal{N}\) is closed, proving the second and final desired result, \(\mathcal{N}\) is a closed subspace of \(\mathfrak {U}\).
10.1.3 Summary
This concludes the proof of the GNS Construction Theorem (see Theorem 15). To summarise: given a state \(\omega \) over a unital C*-algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\) one can construct a Hilbert space \(\mathcal{H}_\omega \), a *-representation \(\pi _\omega \) of \(\mathfrak {U}\) by bounded operators on \(\mathcal{H}_\omega \) satisfying \(\pi _\omega (a^*) = \pi _\omega (a)^\dagger \), and a cyclic vector \(\Omega \) in \(\mathcal{H}_\omega \) such that
The triple \((\mathcal{H}_\omega , \pi _\omega , \Omega )\) is called the GNS triple associated to \((\mathfrak {U}, \omega )\), or the cyclic representation of \((\mathfrak {U}, \omega )\). If \(\omega \) is faithful then so is \(\pi _\omega \), and the GNS triple is unique up to unitary equivalence.
The reason we provided such detail is that we will have need not only of the theorem, but also of the details of the theorem’s proof in subsequent blog posts.
10.2 Spacetime
A spacetime is a real, four-dimensional, connected, smooth, Hausdorff manifold \(M\) with a globally defined smooth tensor field \(g\) of type \((0,2)\) which is non-degenerate and “Lorentzian”. By Lorentzian we mean that for any \(p \in M\) there is a basis of the tangent space \(TM|_p\) to \(M\) at \(p\) relative to which \(g|_p\) is zero in its non-diagonal entries and on the diagonal takes the form \(\text{diag}(-1,1,1,1)\).
The smoothness clause, precisely. The metric field is a family of continuous bilinear forms \(g_x : TM|_x \to _L[\mathbb {R}] TM|_x \to _L[\mathbb {R}] \mathbb {R}\), and “smooth” is the field contMDiff, which asserts that \(g\) is a \(C^\infty \) section of the bundle of continuous bilinear forms on the tangent bundle — the regularity index being \(\infty \), on which see the remark on the index below. Writing \(E\) for the model space and \(I\) for the model with corners of \(M\), it reads
the fibre over \(x\) being \(TM|_x \to _L[\mathbb {R}] TM|_x \to _L[\mathbb {R}] \mathbb {R}\) and the index being \(\infty \).
The index. Mathlib’s \(\mathtt{ContMDiff}\) takes its regularity index \(n\) in \(\mathbb {N}_{\infty \omega } = \mathtt{WithTop}\; \mathbb {N}_\infty \), in which \(\top = \omega \) means real-analytic and \(\infty = ((\top : \mathbb {N}_\infty ) : \mathtt{WithTop}\; \mathbb {N}_\infty )\) is strictly smaller. The index to ask for is therefore \(\infty \), not \(\top \): it is \(\infty \) that means \(C^\infty \), while \(\top \) would demand the strictly stronger condition of analyticity. The Lean definition uses \(\infty \), so the field agrees exactly with the informal word “smooth” in the statement above.
Three further points about this formulation.
It is Mathlib’s idiom. The clause is deliberately the shape of the contMDiff field of Mathlib’s Bundle.ContMDiffRiemannianMetric, whose own field is
read with \(\mathtt{inner}\) replaced by \(g\). Matching it verbatim is what makes the whole bundle-section API of Mathlib/Geometry/Manifold/VectorBundle/ apply to \(g\) without translation.
The Riemannian class itself is deliberately not instantiated. Mathlib has no pseudo-Riemannian class, and Bundle.ContMDiffRiemannianMetric carries two further fields beyond contMDiff that a Lorentzian form cannot satisfy: pos, which demands \(0 {\lt} g_x(v,v)\) for \(v \neq 0\) and is contradicted by any timelike vector, and isVonNBounded, which demands that \(\{ v \in TM|_x \mid g_x(v,v) {\lt} 1\} \) be von Neumann bounded. The latter is not merely unproven but outright false here: that set contains the entire light cone at \(x\), since \(g_x(v,v) = 0 \le 0 {\lt} 1\) for every null \(v\), and the light cone is unbounded (it is closed under positive scaling). So only the shape of the one field contMDiff is reused; the class is never instantiated and no instance of it may be sought.
The payoff. From a section-level contMDiff one gets, by ContMDiff.clm_bundle_apply\(_2\), that for any vector fields \(V, W\) that are themselves \(C^\infty \) sections of the tangent bundle the scalar function
is \(C^\infty \) on \(M\). One identification step is needed to say it in quite that form: clm_bundle_apply\(_2\) concludes with a section, of the trivial \(\mathbb {R}\)-bundle over \(M\), so its output is a \(\mathtt{Bundle.TotalSpace.mk'}\) term and reaching the plain scalar statement \(\mathtt{ContMDiff}\; I\; \mathcal{I}(\mathbb {R},\mathbb {R})\; \infty \; \big(x \mapsto g_x(V_x, W_x)\big)\) means identifying that trivial-bundle section with the function itself. This is exactly what causal and geodesic arguments need — causal type along a curve, the sign of \(g(t,\dot\mu )\), and every variational computation are statements about such scalars — and a chart-local formulation quantifying over constant model vectors had no route to it at all, since \(V_x\) and \(W_x\) vary with the point.
Standard Minkowski spacetime is a spacetime in which the underlying real, four-dimensional, connected, smooth, Hausdorff manifold is \(\mathbb {R}^4\) with the Euclidean topology. In addition \(g\) takes the form \(g|_p=\text{diag}(-1,1,1,1)\) for all \(p\) in \(\mathbb {R}^4\) with respect to the standard coordinates on \(\mathbb {R}^4\).
Let \(M\) be a spacetime, \(p\) a point in \(M\), and \(g\) the tensor field of type \((0,2)\) associated to \(M\). Any tangent vector \(v \in TM|_p\) is timelike, spacelike, or null if \(g|_p(v,v)\) is negative, positive, or zero respectively.
Every tangent vector \(v \in TM|_p\) is exactly one of timelike, null, or spacelike. In particular the three classes are mutually exclusive, and the zero vector is null.
Immediate from the trichotomy of \({\lt}\), \(=\), \({\gt}\) applied to \(g|_p(v,v)\), together with \(g|_p(0,0) = 0\) since \(g|_p\) is bilinear.
Let \(g\) be a symmetric Lorentzian bilinear form on a real four-dimensional vector space and let \(v, w\) be timelike, that is \(g(v,v) {\lt} 0\) and \(g(w,w) {\lt} 0\). Then the reverse Cauchy-Schwarz inequality holds:
In particular this applies pointwise to the metric \(g|_p\) of any spacetime \(M\) and any two timelike tangent vectors at a point \(p\).
Choose a Lorentzian basis \(b\), so that \(g\) has Gram matrix \(\mathrm{diag}(-1,1,1,1)\). Expanding \(v\) and \(w\) in this basis and using bilinearity, \(g(v,v) = -(v^0)^2 + \lVert \mathbf{v}\rVert ^2\) and \(g(v,w) = -v^0 w^0 + \langle \mathbf{v}, \mathbf{w}\rangle \), where \(v^0, w^0\) are the time components, \(\mathbf{v}, \mathbf{w}\) the spatial parts, and \(\langle \cdot ,\cdot \rangle \), \(\lVert \cdot \rVert \) the Euclidean inner product and norm on the three spatial coordinates. Timelikeness gives \((v^0)^2 {\gt} \lVert \mathbf{v}\rVert ^2\) and \((w^0)^2 {\gt} \lVert \mathbf{w}\rVert ^2\). The ordinary Cauchy-Schwarz inequality gives \(\lvert \langle \mathbf{v},\mathbf{w}\rangle \rvert \le \lVert \mathbf{v}\rVert \, \lVert \mathbf{w}\rVert {\lt} \lvert v^0\rvert \, \lvert w^0\rvert \), so \(\lvert g(v,w)\rvert \ge \lvert v^0 w^0\rvert - \lVert \mathbf{v}\rVert \, \lVert \mathbf{w}\rVert \ge 0\). Squaring and applying the algebraic identity
with \(p = \lvert v^0\rvert \), \(q = \lvert w^0\rvert \), \(r = \lVert \mathbf{v}\rVert \), \(s = \lVert \mathbf{w}\rVert \) yields \(g(v,w)^2 \ge g(v,v)\, g(w,w)\).
Let \(g\) be a symmetric Lorentzian bilinear form on a real four-dimensional vector space and let \(v, w\) be timelike and aligned, that is \(g(v,v) {\lt} 0\), \(g(w,w) {\lt} 0\) and \(g(v,w) \le 0\). Then \(v + w\) is timelike, and the reverse (Lorentzian) triangle inequality holds:
In particular the timelike vectors sharing a time cone (so that \(g(v,w) \le 0\)) form a convex cone, and this applies pointwise to the metric \(g|_p\) of any spacetime.
Bilinearity and symmetry give \(g(v+w,v+w) = g(v,v) + 2g(v,w) + g(w,w)\). Writing \(a = -g(v,v) {\gt} 0\), \(b = -g(w,w) {\gt} 0\) and \(c = -g(v,w) \ge 0\), this equals \(-(a + b + 2c) {\lt} 0\), so \(v+w\) is timelike. The reverse Cauchy-Schwarz inequality (23) gives \(g(v,w)^2 \ge g(v,v)\, g(w,w)\), that is \(c^2 \ge ab\), hence \(c \ge \sqrt{ab} = \sqrt a \, \sqrt b\). Therefore \(-g(v+w,v+w) = a + b + 2c \ge a + b + 2\sqrt a\, \sqrt b = (\sqrt a + \sqrt b)^2\), and taking square roots yields the reverse triangle inequality.
A spacetime \(M\) is time-orientable if it admits a smooth, non-vanishing vector field \(t\) that is timelike. Such a smooth, non-vanishing vector field is called a time-orientation.
The smoothness clause, precisely. As for the metric in 19, “smooth” is the bundle-section condition of Mathlib’s idiom rather than a chart-local one: the field smooth of a \(\mathtt{TimeOrientation}\) asserts that \(t\) is a section of the tangent bundle of regularity index \(\infty \), i.e. a \(C^\infty \) section, with the index convention as recorded in 19,
with \(E\) the model space and \(I.\mathtt{tangent}\) the model with corners of the tangent bundle. This is the same shape as the metric clause of 19 one bundle down, and it is what the bundle-section API consumes directly: it is literally the hypothesis of ContMDiff.mpullback_vectorField and, paired with the metric clause, the input of ContMDiff.clm_bundle_apply\(_2\) that makes \(x \mapsto g_x(t_x, V_x)\) smooth for smooth \(V\). It is not smoothness of \(t\) as a bare function, and no chart-local reformulation of it is needed anywhere below.
Let \(t\) be a time orientation on \(M\) (25). For any \(p\) in a spacetime \(M\) a timelike tangent vector \(v \in TM|_p\) is future-pointing if \(g|_p(t,v)\) is negative and past-pointing if \(g|_p(t,v)\) is positive. A null tangent vector \(n \in TM|_p\) is future-pointing if it is the limit of future-pointing timelike tangent vectors and it is past-pointing if it is the limit of past-pointing timelike tangent vectors.
A future-pointing or past-pointing vector is timelike or null. Moreover a timelike vector cannot be both future-pointing and past-pointing with respect to a fixed time orientation.
The first claim is immediate from the definition, which is a disjunction over the timelike and null cases. For the second, a timelike \(v\) is not null, so both pointing conditions reduce to their timelike branches \(g|_p(t,v) {\lt} 0\) and \(g|_p(t,v) {\gt} 0\), which cannot hold simultaneously.
Let \(g\) be a symmetric Lorentzian bilinear form, \(t\) a timelike vector, and write \(t^\perp = \{ u : g(t,u) = 0\} \) for the spacelike complement. Then \(g\) is positive semidefinite on \(t^\perp \) (so the ordinary Cauchy-Schwarz inequality holds there), and consequently for any timelike \(v, w\) with \(g(t,v) {\lt} 0\) and \(g(t,w) {\lt} 0\) one has \(g(v,w) {\lt} 0\). In particular two timelike tangent vectors that are future-pointing with respect to a common time orientation have negative inner product; by time reversal the same holds for two past-pointing timelike vectors (with \(g(t,v) {\gt} 0\) and \(g(t,w) {\gt} 0\)).
If \(u \in t^\perp \) had \(g(u,u) {\lt} 0\) then \(u\) would be timelike, and reverse Cauchy-Schwarz (23) would give \(g(t,t)\, g(u,u) \le g(t,u)^2 = 0\), contradicting \(g(t,t)\, g(u,u) {\gt} 0\); hence \(g\) is positive semidefinite on \(t^\perp \), and Cauchy-Schwarz follows from nonnegativity of the quadratic \(s \mapsto g(s u + u', s u + u')\). For the sign claim, decompose \(v\) and \(w\) along \(t\): the vectors \(v_\perp = g(t,t)\, v - g(t,v)\, t\) and \(w_\perp = g(t,t)\, w - g(t,w)\, t\) lie in \(t^\perp \), and \(g(v,w) = g(t,t)^{-2}\big(g(t,t)\, g(v,w)\big)\) expands so that \(g(t,t)\, g(v,w) = g(t,v)\, g(t,w) + g(v_\perp , w_\perp )/g(t,t)\). Applying Cauchy-Schwarz to \(g(v_\perp ,w_\perp )\) together with the reverse Cauchy-Schwarz bounds \(g(t,v)^2 \ge g(t,t)g(v,v)\) and \(g(t,w)^2 \ge g(t,t)g(w,w)\) forces \(g(t,t)\, g(v,w) {\gt} 0\), and since \(g(t,t) {\lt} 0\) this gives \(g(v,w) {\lt} 0\).
A Lorentzian bilinear form is nondegenerate: if \(g(v,w) = 0\) for every \(w\), then \(v = 0\) (this is read off the signature basis, on which the Gram matrix \(\mathrm{diag}(-1,1,1,1)\) is invertible). Consequently \(g\) is positive definite on the spacelike complement: if \(t\) is timelike and \(u \ne 0\) satisfies \(g(t,u) = 0\), then \(g(u,u) {\gt} 0\), i.e. \(u\) is spacelike.
Nondegeneracy follows because \(g(v, b_j) = (b.\mathrm{repr}\, v)_j \cdot \mathrm{diag}(-1,1,1,1)_{jj}\) in the signature basis \(b\), and the diagonal entries are nonzero; so \(g(v, \cdot ) = 0\) forces every coordinate of \(v\) to vanish. For definiteness, semidefiniteness (28) gives \(g(u,u) \ge 0\); if \(g(u,u) = 0\) then for any \(u' \in t^\perp \) Cauchy-Schwarz gives \(g(u,u')^2 \le g(u,u)\, g(u',u') = 0\), so \(u\) is orthogonal to all of \(t^\perp \), and since it is also orthogonal to \(t\) it is orthogonal to everything, whence \(u = 0\) by nondegeneracy, contradicting \(u \ne 0\).
The sum of two timelike future-pointing tangent vectors (with respect to a fixed time orientation) is again timelike and future-pointing. More generally, the sum of any two future-pointing tangent vectors – timelike or null – is future-pointing, so the full future cone, including its null boundary, is convex. Since a vector is past-pointing exactly when its negation is future-pointing, the past cone is convex as well. Downstream this packages as the statement that the future-pointing and past-pointing tangent vectors each form a convex cone: they are closed under positive scaling and, more generally, under positive linear combinations \(a v + b w\) with \(a, b {\gt} 0\).
For two timelike future-pointing \(v, w\) we have \(g(t,v) {\lt} 0\) and \(g(t,w) {\lt} 0\). By the sign lemma (28) \(g(v,w) {\lt} 0\), so \(v\) and \(w\) are aligned and \(v + w\) is timelike by cone convexity (24); moreover \(g(t, v+w) = g(t,v) + g(t,w) {\lt} 0\), so \(v + w\) is future-pointing. For the general case, every future-pointing vector is a limit of future-pointing timelike vectors (the constant sequence if timelike, the approximating sequence from the definition if null). Approximating \(v\) and \(w\) by such sequences \(v_n, w_n\), each \(v_n + w_n\) is timelike future-pointing by the timelike case. Passing to the limit gives \(g(v,w) \le 0\) (continuity of the fixed maps \(u \mapsto g(a,u)\) with symmetry), so \(g(v+w,v+w) = g(v,v) + 2g(v,w) + g(w,w) \le 0\) and \(v+w\) is causal, and \(g(t,v+w) = g(t,v) + g(t,w) \le 0\). If \(g(v+w,v+w) {\lt} 0\) the sum is timelike and reverse Cauchy-Schwarz makes \(g(t,v+w) \ne 0\), hence negative, so the sum is future-pointing timelike; if \(g(v+w,v+w) = 0\) the sum is null and is the limit of the future-pointing timelike sequence \(v_n + w_n\), hence future-pointing null.
A path is a continuous map \(\mu :\Sigma \rightarrow M\) from the parameter space–a closed, connected subset \(\Sigma \) of \(\mathbb {R}\) that contains more than a single point–to a spacetime \(M\). A smooth path is a path \(\mu \) that is smooth and has a non-vanishing derivative.
A curve is an equivalence class of paths equivalent under homeomorphisms of the parameter space. A smooth curve is an equivalence class of smooth paths equivalent under diffeomorphisms of the parameter space.
A timelike smooth curve is a smooth curve with a tangent vector that is timelike at every point along the smooth curve. A causal smooth curve is a smooth curve with a tangent vector that is timelike or null at every point along the smooth curve.
A future-oriented smooth curve is a smooth curve with a tangent vector that is future-pointing at every point. A past-oriented smooth curve is a smooth curve with a tangent vector that is past-pointing at every point.
The timelike and causal predicates are well-defined on smooth curves, independently of the chosen path representative: a smooth path is timelike (resp. causal) if and only if its associated smooth curve is.
The invariance rests on the chain rule for the tangent under a smooth reparametrisation \(\varphi \), namely \(\mathrm{tangent}(\mu \circ \varphi )(s) = \varphi '(s)\cdot \mathrm{tangent}(\mu )(\varphi (s))\), together with the scale-invariance of the causal classification: since \(g(c\, v, c\, v) = c^2\, g(v,v)\), the vector \(c\, v\) is timelike/null exactly when \(v\) is, for \(c \neq 0\).
An orientation-reversing reparametrisation flips the time-orientation of the tangent, so future/past orientation is well-defined only on the finer quotient by orientation-preserving reparametrisations (those with positive within-derivative). An oriented smooth curve is an equivalence class of smooth paths under this finer relation.
Future- and past-orientation are well-defined on oriented smooth curves: a smooth path is future-oriented (resp. past-oriented) if and only if its oriented smooth curve is.
The positive within-derivative of an orientation-preserving reparametrisation, together with the positive-scaling invariance of pointing vectors (\(c\, v\) is future-pointing iff \(v\) is, for \(c {\gt} 0\)), gives the invariance.
Every oriented smooth curve has an underlying smooth curve, via a canonical surjection \(\mathrm{OrientedSmoothCurve} \to \mathrm{SmoothCurve}\) that forgets the orientation data. The timelike and causal predicates factor through it, and a future- or past-oriented curve projects to a causal smooth curve.
The projection is induced by the fact that an orientation-preserving reparametrisation is in particular a reparametrisation, so passing to the coarser quotient is well-defined, and it is surjective because every smooth path represents both an oriented and an unoriented smooth curve. The timelike and causal predicates factor through it by their reparametrisation-invariance (35), and a future- or past-oriented curve is causal because a future- or past-pointing tangent vector is timelike or null (27).
A point \(p\) in a spacetime \(M\) is the endpoint of a path \(\mu : \Sigma \to M\) or its associated curve if it is a member of the image \(\mu (\partial \Sigma )\) of the boundary \(\partial \Sigma \) of the parameter space under \(\mu \), i.e. if \(\mu (s) = p\) for some \(s \in \partial \Sigma \).
For an arbitrary path \(\mu \), the past and future endpoints are singled out by extremality of the parameter, not by counting boundary components, and no causal or smoothness input enters: \(p\) is a past endpoint of \(\mu \) if there is an \(s \in \Sigma \) with \(\mu (s) = p\) that is minimal in the parameter space, i.e. \(s \le s'\) for every \(s' \in \Sigma \); and \(p\) is a future endpoint of \(\mu \) if there is an \(s \in \Sigma \) with \(\mu (s) = p\) that is maximal in the parameter space, i.e. \(s' \le s\) for every \(s' \in \Sigma \).
Quantifying over \(\Sigma \) rather than over \(\partial \Sigma \) is what makes this well-defined: 31 allows \(\Sigma \) to be any closed connected subset of \(\mathbb {R}\) with more than one point, so \(\Sigma \) need not have two boundary components (for instance \(\Sigma = [0,\infty )\) or \(\Sigma = \mathbb {R}\)), and “the lesser (respectively greater) of the two boundary components” would then denote nothing. The relation between the two notions is recorded in 40, and the consequence for the parameter space in 41.
Let \(\mu : \Sigma \to M\) be a path, so that \(\Sigma \) is a closed connected subset of \(\mathbb {R}\) with more than one point. If \(s \in \Sigma \) is minimal or maximal in \(\Sigma \), then \(s \in \partial \Sigma \). Consequently a past or future endpoint of \(\mu \) is in particular an endpoint of \(\mu \).
Take \(s \in \Sigma \) minimal. Since \(s \in \Sigma \), it suffices by mem_frontier_iff_notMem_interior to show \(s \notin \mathrm{int}\, \Sigma \). If it were, some ball \(B(s,\varepsilon ) = (s-\varepsilon , s+\varepsilon )\) (Real.ball_eq_Ioo) would lie in \(\Sigma \), and then \(s - \varepsilon /2 \in \Sigma \) contradicts minimality. The maximal case is symmetric. The consequence is immediate: a witness \(s\) for a past (resp. future) endpoint is minimal (resp. maximal) in \(\Sigma \), hence lies in \(\partial \Sigma \), so \(\mu (s) = p\) exhibits \(p\) as an endpoint.
Let \(\mu : \Sigma \to M\) be a path. If \(\mu \) has both a past endpoint and a future endpoint, then \(\Sigma = [a,b]\) for some \(a {\lt} b\).
The witness for the past endpoint is a minimum \(a\) of \(\Sigma \) and the witness for the future endpoint is a maximum \(b\), so \(\Sigma \) is bounded below and above, with \(\inf \Sigma = a\) and \(\sup \Sigma = b\). Being also connected, nonempty and closed (31), \(\Sigma = [a,b]\) by eq_Icc_csInf_csSup_of_connected_bdd_closed. Finally \(a {\lt} b\), since \(a \le b\) and \(a = b\) would make \(\Sigma \) a singleton, contradicting that \(\Sigma \) has more than one point.
A trip segment is a curve which is a future-oriented, timelike geodesic. A trip is a curve which is piecewise a future-oriented, timelike geodesic: a finite chain of trip segments \(p = x_0, x_1, \dots , x_n = q\) joined at matching endpoints. Formally this is the transitive closure of single-segment precedence, which is what makes the relation transitive by concatenation. A trip from \(p\) to \(q\) is a trip with past endpoint \(p\) and future endpoint \(q\). We write \(p \ll q\) if and only if there exists a trip from \(p\) to \(q\).
A causal trip segment is a curve which is a future-oriented, causal geodesic. (Note a causal geodesic is possibly degenerate.) A causal trip is a curve which is piecewise a future-oriented, causal geodesic: a finite chain of causal trip segments joined at matching endpoints. A causal trip from \(p\) to \(q\) is a causal trip with past endpoint \(p\) and future endpoint \(q\). We write \(p \prec q\) if and only if there exists a causal trip from \(p\) to \(q\).
Remark (geodesic placeholder in the formalization). In the Lean formalization the “geodesic” clause of a (causal) trip segment is currently a placeholder: the predicate Physicslib4.Spacetime.IsGeodesic is defined to be True, so it imposes no constraint. A faithful geodesic condition requires the Levi-Civita connection of the metric (auto-parallelism of the tangent vector along the curve), which the version of Mathlib pinned by this project does not provide. Consequently the formalized (causal) trip segments are future-oriented timelike (resp. causal) curves with the correct past and future endpoints, but their geodesic property is not yet enforced; the endpoint, timelike/causal, and future-orientation content is faithful. This is the one place where 42 and 43 diverge from their Lean implementations, and it should be replaced by the genuine geodesic condition once a Lorentzian Levi-Civita connection is available in Mathlib.
Chronological precedence \(\ll \) and causal precedence \(\prec \) are transitive: if \(p \ll q\) and \(q \ll r\) then \(p \ll r\), and likewise for \(\prec \).
Two trips joined at the common point \(q\) concatenate to a single piecewise trip; this is exactly the transitivity of the transitive closure.
A spacetime \(M\) with time orientation \(t\) satisfies the causality condition — equivalently, has no closed causal curve — when no point causally precedes itself: \(\lnot (p \prec p)\) for every \(p\). A closed causal curve through \(p\) would be a causal trip from \(p\) back to \(p\), i.e. \(p \prec p\), so its absence is exactly this condition. This is the standard causality condition, strictly weaker than strong causality and strictly stronger than the chronology condition (\(\lnot (p \ll p)\) for all \(p\)).
Assume \(M\) has no closed causal curve. Then chronological precedence is irreflexive, \(\lnot (p \ll p)\) for every \(p\), and causal precedence is asymmetric and antisymmetric: \(p \prec q\) excludes \(q \prec p\), and \(p \prec q\) together with \(q \prec p\) forces \(p = q\). Thus, under the causality condition, \(\prec \) is a strict partial order on the events of the spacetime.
For irreflexivity of chronological precedence, \(p \ll p\) would give \(p \prec p\) because chronological precedence implies causal precedence (49), which the causality condition forbids. For asymmetry and antisymmetry, \(p \prec q\) and \(q \prec p\) cannot both hold, since transitivity (44) would give the forbidden \(p \prec p\).
For a spacetime \(M\) and \(p\) in \(M\) the set \(I^+(p) = \{ q \in M : p \ll q\} \) is called the chronological future of \(p\). \(I^-(p) = \{ q \in M : q \ll p\} \) is called the chronological past of \(p\). The chronological future of a set \(S \subset M\) is the union of the chronological future of each element of the set
The chronological past of \(S\) is defined similarly
For a spacetime \(M\) and \(p\) in \(M\) the set \(J^+(p) = \{ q \in M : p \prec q\} \) is called the causal future of \(p\). \(J^-(p) = \{ q \in M : q \prec p\} \) is called the causal past of \(p\). The causal future of a set \(S \subset M\) is the union of the causal future of each element of the set
The causal past of \(S\) is defined similarly
Every trip is a causal trip, so \(p \ll q\) implies \(p \prec q\). Consequently \(I^+(p) \subseteq J^+(p)\) and \(I^-(p) \subseteq J^-(p)\).
A timelike tangent vector is in particular causal (timelike or null), so a future-oriented timelike geodesic is a future-oriented causal geodesic. Hence any trip witnessing \(p \ll q\) is also a causal trip witnessing \(p \prec q\). The set inclusions follow by unfolding the definitions of the futures and pasts.
The set-valued chronological and causal futures and pasts are monotone: if \(S \subseteq T\) then \(I^\pm (S) \subseteq I^\pm (T)\) and \(J^\pm (S) \subseteq J^\pm (T)\).
Each operator is an indexed union over the points of its argument set, and a union over a larger index set contains the union over a smaller one.
10.2.1 Causal diamonds
Let \(M\) be a spacetime with time orientation \(t\), and let \(p, q \in M\). The causal diamond of \(p\) and \(q\) is the intersection of the causal future of \(p\) with the causal past of \(q\),
and the chronological diamond (or Alexandrov diamond) of \(p\) and \(q\) is the intersection of the chronological future of \(p\) with the chronological past of \(q\),
These are characterised on points: a point \(x\) lies in the causal diamond of \(p\) and \(q\) if and only if \(p \prec x\) and \(x \prec q\), and \(x\) lies in the chronological diamond of \(p\) and \(q\) if and only if \(p \ll x\) and \(x \ll q\).
Let \(M\) be a spacetime with time orientation \(t\), and write \(D(p,q) = J^+(p) \cap J^-(q)\) for the causal diamond. Then:
Monotonicity under endpoint spread. If \(p' \prec p\) and \(q \prec q'\) then \(D(p,q) \subseteq D(p',q')\).
Causal convexity. If \(a, b \in D(p,q)\), \(a \prec z\) and \(z \prec b\), then \(z \in D(p,q)\).
Nonemptiness forces \(p \prec q\). If \(D(p,q)\) is nonempty then \(p \prec q\).
All three are immediate from transitivity of causal precedence (44). For (i), if \(x \in D(p,q)\) then \(p \prec x\) and \(x \prec q\); combining with \(p' \prec p\) and \(q \prec q'\) by transitivity gives \(p' \prec x\) and \(x \prec q'\), so \(x \in D(p',q')\). For (ii), from \(a \in D(p,q)\) we have \(p \prec a\), and \(a \prec z\) gives \(p \prec z\); from \(b \in D(p,q)\) we have \(b \prec q\), and \(z \prec b\) gives \(z \prec q\), so \(z \in D(p,q)\). For (iii), any \(x \in D(p,q)\) satisfies \(p \prec x\) and \(x \prec q\), whence \(p \prec q\) by transitivity.
Let \(M\) be a spacetime with time orientation \(t\), and let \(p, q \in M\). The chronological diamond is contained in the causal diamond,
Moreover the Alexandrov basis is exactly the family of chronological diamonds: a set \(U\) is an Alexandrov basis set if and only if \(U = I^+(p) \cap I^-(q)\) for some \(p, q \in M\). Consequently every Alexandrov basis set sits inside the corresponding causal diamond.
Chronological precedence refines causal precedence (49), so \(I^+(p) \subseteq J^+(p)\) and \(I^-(p) \subseteq J^-(p)\); intersecting these inclusions gives \(I^+(p) \cap I^-(q) \subseteq J^+(p) \cap J^-(q)\). The characterisation of the Alexandrov basis is the definition of the Alexandrov topology (73), whose basis consists of exactly the sets \(I^+(p) \cap I^-(q)\). The final claim combines the two: an Alexandrov basis set equals some \(I^+(p) \cap I^-(q)\), which is contained in \(J^+(p) \cap J^-(q)\).
Consider two sets \(\mathbf{O}_1\) and \(\mathbf{O}_2\) in a spacetime. \(\mathbf{O}_1\) and \(\mathbf{O}_2\) are completely spacelike with respect to each other if every \(p_1\) in \(\mathbf{O}_1\) is spacelike related to every \(p_2\) in \(\mathbf{O}_2\).
Spacelike relatedness is symmetric, and consequently complete spacelike separation is symmetric in its two regions: \(\mathbf{O}_1, \mathbf{O}_2\) are completely spacelike if and only if \(\mathbf{O}_2, \mathbf{O}_1\) are.
The relation \(p_2 \notin J^+(p_1) \cup J^-(p_1)\) is symmetric in \(p_1, p_2\) since \(J^+(p_1)\) and \(J^-(p_1)\) swap roles with \(J^-(p_2)\) and \(J^+(p_2)\) under the exchange. Symmetry of complete spacelike separation follows by applying this pointwise.
Complete spacelike separation is monotone under shrinking either region; the empty region is completely spacelike to any region; and a union of regions is completely spacelike to \(\mathbf{O}\) if and only if each part is. The same properties hold for the bundled Lorentzian spacetime.
Each follows directly from the pointwise definition: monotonicity by restricting the universally-quantified points, the empty cases vacuously, and the union cases by splitting the membership disjunction.
The spacelike complement \(\mathbf{B}^\perp \) of a region \(\mathbf{B}\) is the set of points completely spacelike-separated from all of \(\mathbf{B}\): \(\mathbf{B}^\perp = \{ x \mid \{ x\} \text{ is completely spacelike to } \mathbf{B} \} \). It is the geometric substrate of locality and Haag duality.
The spacelike complement is antitone (\(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2 \Rightarrow \mathbf{B}_2^\perp \subseteq \mathbf{B}_1^\perp \)), a region is contained in its double complement (\(\mathbf{B} \subseteq \mathbf{B}^{\perp \perp }\)), and the triple complement collapses (\(\mathbf{B}^{\perp \perp \perp } = \mathbf{B}^\perp \)). Moreover \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2^\perp \) if and only if \(\mathbf{B}_1\) and \(\mathbf{B}_2\) are completely spacelike-separated, so complementation is the Galois connection attached to the spacelike-separation relation.
Antitonicity and the Galois bridge are the pointwise monotonicity of complete spacelike separation; the double-complement inclusion follows by symmetry of the relation; and the triple-complement identity is the standard consequence of antitonicity together with the double-complement inclusion.
The causal closure of a region \(\mathbf{B}\) of a Lorentzian spacetime is its double spacelike complement \(\mathbf{B}^{\perp \perp }\). This defines the operator \(\mathbf{B} \mapsto \mathbf{B}^{\perp \perp }\) on regions; that it is a closure operator is 61.
The causal closure \(\mathbf{B} \mapsto \mathbf{B}^{\perp \perp }\) is a closure operator on the regions of a Lorentzian spacetime:
(monotone) if \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2\) then \(\mathbf{B}_1^{\perp \perp } \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2^{\perp \perp }\);
(extensive) \(\mathbf{B} \subseteq \mathbf{B}^{\perp \perp }\);
(idempotent) \(\mathbf{B}^{\perp \perp \perp \perp } = \mathbf{B}^{\perp \perp }\).
In the formalization these three laws are not standalone theorems: the causal closure is packaged as a term causalClosure : ClosureOperator (Set M.Carrier), and Mathlib’s ClosureOperator bundles monotonicity, extensivity and idempotence as fields, so the three laws are exactly the obligations discharged in constructing that term. Definition 60 and this lemma are therefore realised by one and the same Lean declaration, which both cite, with causalClosure_apply pinning the bundled operator to the concrete map \(\mathbf{B} \mapsto \mathbf{B}^{\perp \perp }\). The three laws are nevertheless available separately one level down, at the level of the spacelike complement: they are 59, whose declarations spacelikeComplement_antitone, subset_spacelikeComplement_spacelikeComplement and spacelikeComplement_spacelikeComplement_spacelikeComplement are what the ClosureOperator construction consumes.
All three are read off the order structure of the spacelike complement (59). Monotonicity is antitonicity applied twice: \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2\) gives \(\mathbf{B}_2^{\perp } \subseteq \mathbf{B}_1^{\perp }\), and applying antitonicity again gives \(\mathbf{B}_1^{\perp \perp } \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2^{\perp \perp }\). Extensivity is the double-complement inclusion. For idempotence, the triple-complement collapse gives \(\mathbf{B}^{\perp \perp \perp } = \mathbf{B}^{\perp }\), and taking the spacelike complement of both sides yields \(\mathbf{B}^{\perp \perp \perp \perp } = \mathbf{B}^{\perp \perp }\).
A region is causally complete if it equals its own double complement, \(\mathbf{B}^{\perp \perp } = \mathbf{B}\) (a fixed point of the causal closure operator). These are the regions on which algebraic QFT is naturally indexed.
The causally complete regions form a complete lattice (meets are intersections, joins are causal closures of unions). The spacelike complement of any region is causally complete, causally complete regions are closed under intersection, and the causal complement \(\mathbf{B} \mapsto \mathbf{B}^\perp \) is an order-reversing involution on this lattice (\(\mathbf{B}^{\perp \perp } = \mathbf{B}\)). (The full orthocomplement law \(\mathbf{B} \wedge \mathbf{B}^\perp = \bot \) does not hold at this generality, because the trip-based causal relation is irreflexive, so a point is spacelike-separated from itself; what holds is the complete lattice with an order-reversing De Morgan involution.) In the formalization the CompleteLattice structure on the causally complete regions is transported from the causal closure operator along its Galois insertion and is declared as an anonymous instance, so it has no stable name that could be cited above; the lattice claim is therefore witnessed by the carrier abbreviation CausallyCompleteRegion together with the bridge isCausallyComplete_iff_isClosed identifying causally complete regions with the closed elements of that closure operator.
The lattice is obtained from the causal closure operator (61) via its Galois insertion: the causally complete regions are exactly the fixed points of the closure operator, so meets are intersections and joins are the causal closures of unions. That the spacelike complement of any region is causally complete, and that complementation is an order-reversing involution on this lattice, are the antitonicity and the triple-complement identity of the spacelike complement (59).
At the level of the underlying sets, the spacelike complement turns unions into intersections. In binary form, for regions \(\mathbf{B}_1, \mathbf{B}_2\),
and, for an arbitrary indexed family \((\mathbf{B}_i)_{i \in I}\),
Unfold the spacelike complement pointwise: \(x \in \mathbf{B}^\perp \) means the singleton \(\{ x\} \) is completely spacelike to \(\mathbf{B}\). By the structural properties of complete spacelike separation (57), \(\{ x\} \) is completely spacelike to a union \(\bigcup _i \mathbf{B}_i\) if and only if it is completely spacelike to each member \(\mathbf{B}_i\). Hence membership in the complement of the union is the conjunction of membership in the individual complements, which is exactly membership in their intersection. The binary case is the special case of a two-element family.
On the complete lattice of causally complete regions the causal complement \(\mathbf{B} \mapsto \mathbf{B}^\perp \) is an order-reversing involution, and therefore satisfies the full De Morgan laws. Explicitly:
(order-reversing) \(\mathbf{B}_1 \le \mathbf{B}_2 \Rightarrow \mathbf{B}_2^\perp \le \mathbf{B}_1^\perp \);
(bounds) \(\bot ^\perp = \top \) and \(\top ^\perp = \bot \);
(binary De Morgan) \((\mathbf{B}_1 \sqcup \mathbf{B}_2)^\perp = \mathbf{B}_1^\perp \sqcap \mathbf{B}_2^\perp \) and \((\mathbf{B}_1 \sqcap \mathbf{B}_2)^\perp = \mathbf{B}_1^\perp \sqcup \mathbf{B}_2^\perp \);
(infinitary De Morgan) \(\bigl(\bigsqcup _i \mathbf{B}_i\bigr)^\perp = \bigsqcap _i \mathbf{B}_i^\perp \) and \(\bigl(\bigsqcap _i \mathbf{B}_i\bigr)^\perp = \bigsqcup _i \mathbf{B}_i^\perp \).
Recall from the lattice structure (63) that on causally complete regions meets are intersections of the underlying sets, joins are the causal closures of unions (\(\mathbf{B}_1 \sqcup \mathbf{B}_2 = (\mathbf{B}_1 \cup \mathbf{B}_2)^{\perp \perp }\) and dually for arbitrary families), the complement of any region is causally complete, and every region in the lattice satisfies the involution \(\mathbf{B}^{\perp \perp } = \mathbf{B}\); in particular the triple-complement identity \(\mathbf{C}^{\perp \perp \perp } = \mathbf{C}^\perp \) holds for any underlying set \(\mathbf{C}\), since \(\mathbf{C}^\perp \) is causally complete. Each law is then a direct computation on the underlying sets driven by the set-level De Morgan lemma (64).
(order-reversing) This is the antitonicity half of the order-reversing involution supplied by 63: \(\mathbf{B}_1 \le \mathbf{B}_2\) means \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2\), whence \(\mathbf{B}_2^\perp \subseteq \mathbf{B}_1^\perp \), i.e. \(\mathbf{B}_2^\perp \le \mathbf{B}_1^\perp \).
(join laws) Since the join is the causal closure of the union, the triple-complement identity collapses one level of complement:
\begin{align} (\mathbf{B}_1 \sqcup \mathbf{B}_2)^\perp = \bigl((\mathbf{B}_1 \cup \mathbf{B}_2)^{\perp \perp }\bigr)^\perp = (\mathbf{B}_1 \cup \mathbf{B}_2)^{\perp \perp \perp } = (\mathbf{B}_1 \cup \mathbf{B}_2)^\perp = \mathbf{B}_1^\perp \cap \mathbf{B}_2^\perp = \mathbf{B}_1^\perp \sqcap \mathbf{B}_2^\perp , \end{align}the fourth equality being the binary set-level De Morgan lemma (64) and the last using that lattice meets are intersections. The indexed form is identical with the indexed De Morgan lemma in place of the binary one, giving \(\bigl(\bigsqcup _i \mathbf{B}_i\bigr)^\perp = \bigsqcap _i \mathbf{B}_i^\perp \).
(meet laws) Apply the set-level De Morgan lemma to the complements \(\mathbf{B}_1^\perp , \mathbf{B}_2^\perp \) and use \(\mathbf{B}_i^{\perp \perp } = \mathbf{B}_i\) (each \(\mathbf{B}_i\) is causally complete): \((\mathbf{B}_1^\perp \cup \mathbf{B}_2^\perp )^\perp = \mathbf{B}_1^{\perp \perp } \cap \mathbf{B}_2^{\perp \perp } = \mathbf{B}_1 \cap \mathbf{B}_2\). Taking the complement of both sides and recognising the meet as the intersection and the join as the double-complement of the union,
\begin{align} (\mathbf{B}_1 \sqcap \mathbf{B}_2)^\perp = (\mathbf{B}_1 \cap \mathbf{B}_2)^\perp = (\mathbf{B}_1^\perp \cup \mathbf{B}_2^\perp )^{\perp \perp } = \mathbf{B}_1^\perp \sqcup \mathbf{B}_2^\perp , \end{align}and likewise \(\bigl(\bigsqcap _i \mathbf{B}_i\bigr)^\perp = \bigsqcup _i \mathbf{B}_i^\perp \) from the indexed De Morgan lemma.
(bounds) The empty-family case of the indexed De Morgan lemma (64) reads \(\varnothing ^\perp = \mathrm{univ}\), so \(\top = \mathrm{univ} = \varnothing ^\perp \). Hence \(\top ^\perp = \varnothing ^{\perp \perp } = \bot \), while \(\bot = \varnothing ^{\perp \perp }\) and the triple-complement identity give \(\bot ^\perp = \varnothing ^{\perp \perp \perp } = \varnothing ^\perp = \top \).
The mathematical subtlety is that this lattice is not linearly ordered, so the binary equalities do not follow from antitonicity alone: a general antitone map only yields the inequality \(f(\mathbf{B}_1 \sqcup \mathbf{B}_2) \le f\mathbf{B}_1 \sqcap f\mathbf{B}_2\). The equalities hold precisely because the causal complement is an order-reversing bijection (the involution \(\mathbf{B}^{\perp \perp } = \mathbf{B}\)), equivalently an order isomorphism onto the order-dual lattice; it is this bijectivity that both forces the finite equalities above and, through the same set-level De Morgan computation applied to arbitrary unions, upgrades them to the infinitary laws by carrying suprema to infima.
10.2.2 Causal convexity
Let \(M\) be a spacetime with time orientation \(t\). A subset \(\mathbf{C} \subseteq M\) is causally convex if it contains every point causally between two of its own points: whenever \(p, r \in \mathbf{C}\) and \(q\) is causally between them, in the sense that \(p \prec q\) and \(q \prec r\), then \(q \in \mathbf{C}\). Intuitively, \(\mathbf{C}\) contains every causal curve segment whose endpoints lie in \(\mathbf{C}\).
Let \(M\) be a spacetime with time orientation \(t\), and let \(p, q \in M\). The causal diamond \(J^+(p) \cap J^-(q)\) is a causally convex region.
This is exactly the causal-convexity property of the causal diamond (part (ii) of the structural lemma, 52), repackaged as the region predicate: if \(a, b \in J^+(p) \cap J^-(q)\) with \(a \prec z\) and \(z \prec b\), then \(z \in J^+(p) \cap J^-(q)\), which is precisely the statement that \(J^+(p) \cap J^-(q)\) is causally convex.
Let \(M\) be a Lorentzian spacetime.
Every spacelike complement \(\mathbf{B}^\perp \) is a causally convex region.
Consequently every causally complete region \(\mathbf{B} = \mathbf{B}^{\perp \perp }\) — equivalently, every element of the lattice of causally complete regions — is causally convex.
Thus causal convexity is the property shared by causal diamonds (67) and by causally complete regions, even though a causal diamond need not itself be causally complete.
For (i), suppose \(p, r \in \mathbf{B}^\perp \) and \(p \prec q \prec r\); we must show \(q \in \mathbf{B}^\perp \), i.e. that \(q\) is spacelike to every point of \(\mathbf{B}\). This is a consequence of transitivity of causal precedence (44): if \(q\) were causally related to some \(b \in \mathbf{B}\), then composing that relation with \(p \prec q\) or \(q \prec r\) would make \(p\) or \(r\) causally related to \(b\), contradicting \(p, r \in \mathbf{B}^\perp \). Hence \(q\) is spacelike to all of \(\mathbf{B}\), so \(q \in \mathbf{B}^\perp \).
For (ii), a causally complete region satisfies \(\mathbf{B} = \mathbf{B}^{\perp \perp } = (\mathbf{B}^\perp )^\perp \), so it is the spacelike complement of the region \(\mathbf{B}^\perp \); causal convexity then follows immediately from part (i) applied to \(\mathbf{B}^\perp \).
10.2.3 Causal convexity: closure structure
Let \(M\) be a spacetime with time orientation \(t\). The causally convex regions of \(M\) form a closure system (a Moore family):
the whole spacetime \(M\) (as \(\mathrm{univ}\)) is causally convex, and so is the empty set \(\varnothing \);
causal convexity is preserved under arbitrary intersections, in each of the standard forms:
(binary) if \(\mathbf{C}_1\) and \(\mathbf{C}_2\) are causally convex, then \(\mathbf{C}_1 \cap \mathbf{C}_2\) is causally convex;
(indexed) for any family \((\mathbf{C}_i)_{i \in I}\) of causally convex regions, \(\bigcap _{i \in I} \mathbf{C}_i\) is causally convex;
(set-indexed) for any collection \(\mathcal{S}\) of causally convex regions, \(\bigcap _{\mathbf{C} \in \mathcal{S}} \mathbf{C} = \bigcap _0 \mathcal{S}\) is causally convex.
Consequently the causally convex regions are closed under arbitrary intersections and contain \(M\), i.e. they form a Moore family.
Each claim is immediate from the definition of causal convexity (66). For \(\mathrm{univ}\) the membership condition \(q \in M\) is vacuously satisfied, and for \(\varnothing \) the hypothesis \(p, r \in \varnothing \) never holds. For an intersection, suppose \(p, r\) lie in the intersection and \(p \prec q \prec r\); then \(p, r\) lie in every member of the family, so by that member’s causal convexity \(q\) lies in every member, hence in the intersection. The binary and indexed forms are the special cases of a two-element and an indexed family, and the set-indexed form (\(\bigcap _0 \mathcal{S}\)) unfolds membership through \(\mathtt{mem\_ sInter}\) to the same argument.
Let \(M\) be a spacetime with time orientation \(t\) and let \(\mathbf{B} \subseteq M\) be an arbitrary region. The causal-convex hull of \(\mathbf{B}\) is the intersection of all causally convex regions containing \(\mathbf{B}\):
That this is a hull — extensive, and causally convex — is 71.
Let \(M\) be a spacetime with time orientation \(t\) and let \(\mathbf{B} \subseteq M\) be a region. Then the causal-convex hull satisfies the two defining properties of a hull:
(extensivity) \(\mathbf{B} \subseteq \mathrm{ccHull}(\mathbf{B})\);
(closedness) \(\mathrm{ccHull}(\mathbf{B})\) is itself causally convex.
For (i), membership in the intersection \(\bigcap _0\) unfolds to membership in every member of the family, and every member contains \(\mathbf{B}\) by the defining condition of the family; so any \(x \in \mathbf{B}\) lies in each member and hence in \(\mathrm{ccHull}(\mathbf{B})\). For (ii), the intersected family consists of causally convex regions, and causal convexity is preserved under set-indexed intersections (69); note the family is nonempty, since the whole space \(M\) contains \(\mathbf{B}\) and is causally convex by the same lemma.
Let \(M\) be a spacetime with time orientation \(t\). The map \(\mathbf{B} \mapsto \mathrm{ccHull}(\mathbf{B})\) satisfies the closure-operator laws:
(minimality / universal property) if \(\mathbf{B} \subseteq \mathbf{C}\) and \(\mathbf{C}\) is causally convex, then \(\mathrm{ccHull}(\mathbf{B}) \subseteq \mathbf{C}\);
(monotonicity) if \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2\), then \(\mathrm{ccHull}(\mathbf{B}_1) \subseteq \mathrm{ccHull}(\mathbf{B}_2)\);
(fixed points) if \(\mathbf{C}\) is causally convex, then \(\mathrm{ccHull}(\mathbf{C}) = \mathbf{C}\);
(idempotence) \(\mathrm{ccHull}(\mathrm{ccHull}(\mathbf{B})) = \mathrm{ccHull}(\mathbf{B})\).
Together with extensivity (\(\mathbf{B} \subseteq \mathrm{ccHull}(\mathbf{B})\), 71), these make \(\mathrm{ccHull}\) a closure operator whose closed sets are exactly the causally convex regions.
(i) If \(\mathbf{B} \subseteq \mathbf{C}\) and \(\mathbf{C}\) is causally convex, then \(\mathbf{C}\) is a member of the intersected family, so \(\mathrm{ccHull}(\mathbf{B}) \subseteq \mathbf{C}\) as an intersection is contained in each of its members.
(ii) If \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2\), then \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2 \subseteq \mathrm{ccHull}(\mathbf{B}_2)\) by extensivity, and \(\mathrm{ccHull}(\mathbf{B}_2)\) is causally convex (71); applying (i) with \(\mathbf{C} = \mathrm{ccHull}(\mathbf{B}_2)\) gives \(\mathrm{ccHull}(\mathbf{B}_1) \subseteq \mathrm{ccHull}(\mathbf{B}_2)\).
(iii) If \(\mathbf{C}\) is causally convex, then \(\mathbf{C} \subseteq \mathrm{ccHull}(\mathbf{C})\) by extensivity, while (i) with \(\mathbf{B} = \mathbf{C}\) (and \(\mathbf{C} \subseteq \mathbf{C}\)) gives \(\mathrm{ccHull}(\mathbf{C}) \subseteq \mathbf{C}\); hence \(\mathrm{ccHull}(\mathbf{C}) = \mathbf{C}\).
(iv) Idempotence is (iii) applied to \(\mathbf{C} = \mathrm{ccHull}(\mathbf{B})\), which is causally convex by 71.
Alexandrov topology on a spacetime \(M\) is the topology generated by the basis consisting of all sets of the form \(I^+(p) \cap I^-(q)\) for points \(p\) and \(q\) in \(M\).
Every basis set \(I^+(p) \cap I^-(q)\) is open in the Alexandrov topology.
By construction the Alexandrov topology is generated by these basis sets, and any generating set is open in the generated topology.
Let \(M\) be a spacetime with time orientation \(t\), equipped with the Alexandrov topology.
For all points \(p, q \in M\) the set \(I^+(p) \cap I^-(q)\) is open. This is just the basis lemma (74) restated on chronological futures and pasts.
If every point of \(I^+(p)\) has a chronological-future point, i.e. for all \(x \in I^+(p)\) there exists \(b\) with \(x \ll b\), then the chronological future \(I^+(p)\) is open.
Dually, if every point of \(I^-(p)\) has a chronological-past point, i.e. for all \(x \in I^-(p)\) there exists \(a\) with \(a \ll x\), then the chronological past \(I^-(p)\) is open.
The per-point hypotheses in the last two items are quantified over the members of the set in question, so they hold vacuously when that set is empty; this is consistent, since the empty set is open. The flat unconditional claim “\(I^+(p)\) is always open” is false for a general spacetime: if \(I^+(p)\) is nonempty and contains a future-endpoint point \(x\) (a point with no \(b\) satisfying \(x \ll b\)), then \(x\) lies in no basis set \(I^+(a) \cap I^-(b)\), since membership there forces \(a \ll x \ll b\) and in particular \(x \ll b\). Hence \(x\) has no basic Alexandrov neighbourhood contained in \(I^+(p)\) and \(I^+(p)\) fails to be open. The hypothesis is exactly the “no future endpoints” condition that removes this obstruction, and dually for pasts.
The first item is the basis lemma (74) directly: \(I^+(p) \cap I^-(q)\) is a basis set, hence open.
For the second item, under the hypothesis we have the set identity
The right-hand side is contained in \(I^+(p)\) since every term is. Conversely, if \(x \in I^+(p)\) then by hypothesis there is \(b\) with \(x \ll b\), i.e. \(x \in I^-(b)\), so \(x\) lies in the \(b\)-th term. Each set \(I^+(p) \cap I^-(b)\) is a basis set and hence open (74), and an arbitrary union of open sets is open; therefore \(I^+(p)\) is open. The third item is dual, using \(I^-(p) = \bigcup _{a \in M} \bigl(I^+(a) \cap I^-(p)\bigr)\). (Recall also that chronological precedence \(\ll \) is transitive, 44.)
Work on standard Minkowski spacetime, with underlying manifold \(\mathbb {R}^4\), and let \(e_0\) denote the unit time vector (the first standard coordinate vector).
Every point has a chronological future point and a chronological past point: for all \(x \in \mathbb {R}^4\) there exist \(b, a\) with \(x \ll b\) and \(a \ll x\). Concretely \(b = x + e_0\) lies in the forward cone of \(x\) and \(a = x - e_0\) lies in the backward cone of \(x\), since the connecting vector \(\pm e_0\) is future-, respectively past-pointing timelike.
For every point \(p\) the chronological future \(I^+(p)\) and the chronological past \(I^-(p)\) are open in the Euclidean (manifold) topology on \(\mathbb {R}^4\). On standard Minkowski the coordinate cone characterisation identifies \(I^+(p)\) with the forward Minkowski cone of \(p\) and \(I^-(p)\) with the backward Minkowski cone of \(p\), and each such cone is an open subset of \(\mathbb {R}^4\).
For every point \(p\) the chronological future \(I^+(p)\) and the chronological past \(I^-(p)\) are open in the Alexandrov topology, unconditionally: the per-point hypothesis of 75 is discharged on standard Minkowski by part (i).
Part (i) is read off the coordinate cone description of standard Minkowski: for any \(x\) the difference \((x + e_0) - x = e_0\) has metric square \(g(e_0, e_0) = -1 {\lt} 0\) and positive time component, so it is future-pointing timelike; hence \(x \ll x + e_0\) and the forward cone of \(x\) is nonempty. Dually \((x - e_0) - x = -e_0\) is past-pointing timelike, so \(x - e_0 \ll x\) and the backward cone of \(x\) is nonempty.
Part (ii) combines the coordinate characterisation of \(I^\pm \) on standard Minkowski with the openness of the explicit cones. Under the identification of \(I^+(p)\) with the forward Minkowski cone \(\{ y \in \mathbb {R}^4 : g(y - p, y - p) {\lt} 0,\ (y - p)^0 {\gt} 0\} \), this set is the intersection of the preimages of the open sets \((-\infty , 0)\) and \((0, \infty )\) under the continuous maps \(y \mapsto g(y - p, y - p)\) (a quadratic form) and \(y \mapsto (y - p)^0\) (a coordinate projection); hence it is open in the Euclidean topology on \(\mathbb {R}^4\). The backward cone description of \(I^-(p)\) is dual and open by the same argument.
Part (iii) applies the general lemma 75: its last two items give the openness of \(I^+(p)\) and \(I^-(p)\) in the Alexandrov topology provided every point of the set in question has, respectively, a chronological-future point and a chronological-past point. On standard Minkowski these hypotheses hold at every point by part (i), so both conclusions are unconditional.
Minkowski spacetime is standard Minkowski spacetime equipped with Alexandrov topology.
Lorentzian spacetime is a spacetime equipped with a Hausdorff Alexandrov topology.
On a Lorentzian spacetime, complete spacelike separation of two regions is symmetric, and every basis set \(I^+(p) \cap I^-(q)\) is open in the Alexandrov topology.
These are restatements of the symmetry of complete spacelike separation and the openness of basis sets for the underlying spacetime, transported through the bundling of a Lorentzian spacetime over its underlying spacetime and time orientation.
On a spacetime equipped with the Alexandrov topology, suppose a point \(x\) lies in no diamond \(I^+(p) \cap I^-(q)\). Then every Alexandrov-open set containing \(x\) is the whole space \(M\): the only open neighbourhood of \(x\) is \(M\) itself.
The Alexandrov topology is generated by the diamond subbasis, so its open sets are exactly those built by the inductive generating construction, and we induct over that construction to show any generated-open set \(U\) with \(x \in U\) equals \(M\). A basic generating set is a diamond, which cannot contain \(x\) by hypothesis, so that case is vacuous. The whole-space generator is \(M\). A binary intersection \(s \cap t\) containing \(x\) has \(x \in s\) and \(x \in t\), so \(s = t = M\) by the induction hypothesis and \(s \cap t = M\). A union \(\bigcup _i s_i\) containing \(x\) contains \(x\) in some member \(s_i\), which equals \(M\) by the induction hypothesis, so the union contains \(M\) and hence equals \(M\). Thus no generated-open set other than \(M\) contains \(x\).
On a Lorentzian spacetime with at least two points, the Alexandrov diamonds cover the whole space: every point lies in some diamond \(I^+(p) \cap I^-(q)\). Equivalently, every point has both a chronological past point and a chronological future point (a “no endpoints” condition). This is a genuine consequence of the Hausdorff assumption on the Alexandrov topology, not an extra hypothesis.
Suppose a point \(x\) lay in no diamond \(I^+(p) \cap I^-(q)\). Then by 80 the only Alexandrov-open set containing \(x\) is the whole space \(M\). Since the space has a second point \(y \ne x\), the Hausdorff assumption on the Alexandrov topology provides disjoint open sets separating \(x\) and \(y\); but the one containing \(x\) must be all of \(M\), which also contains \(y\), contradicting disjointness. Hence every point lies in some diamond, which is exactly the covering half of the Alexandrov-basis property; unfolding membership in a diamond gives the equivalent “no endpoints” statement.
On a Lorentzian spacetime with at least two points, suppose the diamonds are downward-directed: for any two diamonds \(B_1, B_2\) and any point \(x \in B_1 \cap B_2\) there is a diamond \(B_3\) with \(x \in B_3 \subseteq B_1 \cap B_2\) (the intersection property). Then the diamonds form a genuine topological basis for the Alexandrov topology.
The three conditions of a topological basis all hold. The intersection (downward-directedness) property is the standing hypothesis. The covering condition — that the diamonds’ union is the whole space — is 81. The topology-generation condition holds by definition, since the Alexandrov topology is defined as the topology generated by the diamond subbasis. The directedness hypothesis is the genuinely geometric content: it is exactly the assertion that the Alexandrov topology has the diamonds as a base, and it is not implied by Hausdorffness alone; it is discharged for standard Minkowski in 89.
On standard Minkowski spacetime, if \(p_1 \ll x\) and \(p_2 \ll x\) then there is a point \(a\) with \(p_1 \ll a\), \(p_2 \ll a\), and \(a \ll x\).
Take \(a\) with the same spatial coordinates as \(x\) and time coordinate \(a^0 = x^0 - \varepsilon \) for a small \(\varepsilon {\gt} 0\). Then \(x - a = (\varepsilon , \mathbf{0})\) is future-pointing timelike, so \(a \ll x\). For each \(i\) the connecting vector \(a - p_i\) has the same spatial part as \(x - p_i\) while its time component is \((x^0 - p_i^0) - \varepsilon \); since \(p_i \ll x\) makes the spatial separation strictly smaller than \(x^0 - p_i^0\), for \(\varepsilon \) small enough the reduced time gap still dominates the spatial separation and remains positive, so \(a - p_i\) is future-pointing timelike and \(p_i \ll a\). Both strict inequalities hold for a common small \(\varepsilon \); the estimate is a direct coordinate computation (nlinarith).
On standard Minkowski spacetime, if \(x \ll q_1\) and \(x \ll q_2\) then there is a point \(b\) with \(x \ll b\), \(b \ll q_1\), and \(b \ll q_2\).
Dual to 83: take \(b\) with the same spatial coordinates as \(x\) and time coordinate \(b^0 = x^0 + \varepsilon \) for a small \(\varepsilon {\gt} 0\). Then \(b - x = (\varepsilon , \mathbf{0})\) is future-pointing timelike, so \(x \ll b\), and for each \(i\) the vector \(q_i - b\) keeps the spatial part of \(q_i - x\) with time component \((q_i^0 - x^0) - \varepsilon \); for \(\varepsilon \) small enough it stays future-pointing timelike, giving \(b \ll q_i\) for both \(i\) by the same coordinate estimate.
On standard Minkowski spacetime the Alexandrov diamonds have the downward intersection property: for any two diamonds \(B_1 = I^+(p_1) \cap I^-(q_1)\) and \(B_2 = I^+(p_2) \cap I^-(q_2)\) and any \(x \in B_1 \cap B_2\), there is a diamond \(B_3\) with \(x \in B_3 \subseteq B_1 \cap B_2\).
From \(x \in B_1 \cap B_2\) we have \(p_1 \ll x\), \(p_2 \ll x\), \(x \ll q_1\), and \(x \ll q_2\). Past interpolation (83) yields \(a\) with \(p_1 \ll a\), \(p_2 \ll a\), and \(a \ll x\); future interpolation (84) yields \(b\) with \(x \ll b\), \(b \ll q_1\), and \(b \ll q_2\). Set \(B_3 = I^+(a) \cap I^-(b)\); then \(a \ll x \ll b\) gives \(x \in B_3\). For containment, any \(y\) with \(a \ll y \ll b\) satisfies \(p_i \ll a \ll y\) and \(y \ll b \ll q_i\) for each \(i\), so by transitivity of \(\ll \) (44) \(y \in I^+(p_i) \cap I^-(q_i)\); hence \(B_3 \subseteq B_1 \cap B_2\).
On standard Minkowski spacetime, for any two points \(p_1\) and \(p_2\) there is a point \(p\) with \(p \ll p_1\) and \(p \ll p_2\). Note the absence of hypotheses: unlike the interpolation lemma 83, which needs a common future point \(x\) to aim below, this one holds for an arbitrary pair.
Take \(p\) on the time axis, \(p = (t, \mathbf{0})\), with \(t\) small enough. Then \(p_i - p\) has time component \(p_i^0 - t\) and spatial part that of \(p_i\), so \(p \ll p_i\) amounts to \(|\mathbf{p}_i|^2 {\lt} (p_i^0 - t)^2\) together with \(t {\lt} p_i^0\). Both spatial norms are fixed nonnegative reals, so choosing a single \(t\) below \(\min _i\bigl(p_i^0 - |\mathbf{p}_i|\bigr)\) makes each time gap exceed the corresponding spatial separation; the estimate is a direct coordinate computation (linarith after expanding the squares).
On standard Minkowski spacetime, for any two points \(q_1\) and \(q_2\) there is a point \(q\) with \(q_1 \ll q\) and \(q_2 \ll q\). Again there are no hypotheses on the pair.
Dual to 86, but proved independently rather than by invoking it (the time-shift estimate is run in the other direction, so there is no dependency edge): take \(q = (t, \mathbf{0})\) with \(t\) above \(\max _i\bigl(q_i^0 + |\mathbf{q}_i|\bigr)\), so that for each \(i\) the vector \(q - q_i\) has positive time component exceeding the spatial separation and is therefore future-pointing timelike.
On standard Minkowski spacetime the Alexandrov diamonds are upward directed: for any two diamonds \(B_1\) and \(B_2\) there is a diamond \(B\) with \(B_1 \subseteq B\) and \(B_2 \subseteq B\).
This is the opposite direction to 85, and the two are easy to confuse. There, one shrinks a diamond to sit inside an intersection \(B_1 \cap B_2\) around a prescribed point \(x\); that downward property is what makes the diamonds a topological basis (89). Here one instead enlarges \(B_1\) and \(B_2\) into a common containing diamond, with no point prescribed and no intersection involved. It is this upward version — and not the downward one — that turns the local algebras into a directed system, so it is the one the quasilocal colimit needs.
Write \(B_1 = I^+(p_1) \cap I^-(q_1)\) and \(B_2 = I^+(p_2) \cap I^-(q_2)\). Apply 86 to \(p_1, p_2\) to get \(p\) with \(p \ll p_1\) and \(p \ll p_2\), and 87 to \(q_1, q_2\) to get \(q\) with \(q_1 \ll q\) and \(q_2 \ll q\). Put \(B = I^+(p) \cap I^-(q)\), again a diamond. By monotonicity of the Minkowski forward and backward cones — i.e. transitivity of \(\ll \) (44) — \(p \ll p_i\) gives \(I^+(p_i) \subseteq I^+(p)\) and \(q_i \ll q\) gives \(I^-(q_i) \subseteq I^-(q)\); intersecting these, \(B_i \subseteq B\) for \(i = 1, 2\).
This lemma is already formalized, as Physicslib4.Spacetime.alexandrovBasis_directed, and so are the two point-existence helpers it consumes, exists_common_past and exists_common_future.
On standard Minkowski spacetime the Alexandrov diamonds form a genuine topological basis for the Alexandrov topology, unconditionally.
10.2.4 Dilations are causal automorphisms but not isometries
A dilation \(x \mapsto \lambda x\) (with \(\lambda {\gt} 0\)) of standard Minkowski spacetime preserves the entire causal structure, yet is not an isometry when \(\lambda \neq 1\). This is the elementary core of Zeeman’s theorem — the causal automorphism group of Minkowski is strictly larger than the isometry (Poincaré) group, the extra generators being the dilations — and it concretely exhibits the gap between “causal automorphism” and “isometry” (relevant to why a metric-free morphism notion cannot capture isometric covariance).
For \(\lambda {\gt} 0\), the dilation \(x \mapsto \lambda x\) preserves the forward and backward Minkowski cones: \(\lambda q \in I^+(\lambda p) \iff q \in I^+(p)\) and \(\lambda p \in I^-(\lambda q) \iff p \in I^-(q)\).
Scaling multiplies the defining quadratic form by \(\lambda ^2 {\gt} 0\) and the time-order difference by \(\lambda {\gt} 0\), so neither strict inequality changes.
For \(\lambda {\gt} 0\), the dilation \(x \mapsto \lambda x\) carries Alexandrov basis sets to Alexandrov basis sets: the image of a diamond \(I^+(p) \cap I^-(q)\) is again a diamond, \(I^+(\lambda p) \cap I^-(\lambda q)\). So a positive dilation preserves the causal (Alexandrov) structure — it is a causal automorphism.
The Minkowski metric scales by \(\lambda ^2\) under a dilation, \(g(\lambda v, \lambda w) = \lambda ^2\, g(v,w)\). Consequently, whenever \(\lambda ^2 \neq 1\) the dilation does not preserve \(g\).
The scaling identity is bilinearity of the Minkowski form. For the timelike unit vector \(e_0\) one has \(g(\lambda e_0, \lambda e_0) = -\lambda ^2 \neq -1 = g(e_0, e_0)\) whenever \(\lambda ^2 \neq 1\), which exhibits a pair of vectors on which \(g\) is not preserved. Thus for \(\lambda {\gt} 0\) with \(\lambda \neq 1\) the dilation is a causal automorphism (91) that is not an isometry.
10.2.5 Isometries and basis-set preservation
An isometry \(\varphi \) of a spacetime preserves the metric square of a tangent vector, \(g_{\varphi (x)}(d\varphi _x v, d\varphi _x v) = g_x(v,v)\), and therefore \(d\varphi _x v\) is timelike, null, or spacelike if and only if \(v\) is.
Specialising the metric-preservation property of an isometry to \(w = v\) gives the square identity; the three classification equivalences then follow from the sign of \(g(v,v)\) being unchanged.
The parameter space of a path has unique differentials: being a closed, connected subset of \(\mathbb {R}\) with more than one point, it is a non-degenerate interval, hence convex with non-empty interior.
A connected subset of \(\mathbb {R}\) is convex, and a closed convex set with at least two points contains a non-degenerate open interval, so has non-empty interior; convex sets with non-empty interior have unique differentials.
An isometry \(\varphi \) pushes a smooth path \(\mu \) forward to the smooth path \(\varphi \circ \mu \) on the same parameter space, with tangent vector \(d\varphi (\dot\mu )\). The pushforward preserves the timelike and causal conditions and carries the past and future endpoints of \(\mu \) to those of \(\varphi \circ \mu \).
Smoothness and non-vanishing of the derivative of \(\varphi \circ \mu \) follow from the chain rule (using unique differentials on the parameter space) together with the fact that an isometry’s differential is a linear isomorphism. The tangent identity then transports the classification and endpoint conditions.
Say an isometry \(\varphi \) preserves the future orientation if its differential sends future-pointing vectors to future-pointing vectors; this property holds for the identity and is closed under composition. Under it, \(\varphi \) carries trips to trips, so \(p \ll q\) implies \(\varphi (p) \ll \varphi (q)\), and the chronological futures and pasts satisfy \(\varphi (I^\pm (p)) = I^\pm (\varphi (p))\).
Future-orientation preservation makes the pushforward of a future-oriented trip a future-oriented trip, giving \(p \ll q \Rightarrow \varphi (p) \ll \varphi (q)\). Applying this to \(\varphi \) and to \(\varphi ^{-1}\) yields the image equalities for \(I^+\) and \(I^-\).
The future-orientation-preserving isometries (those \(\varphi \) with both \(\varphi \) and \(\varphi ^{-1}\) preserving the orientation) form a subgroup, and intersecting it with the identity component gives the oriented identity component. Every such isometry maps Alexandrov-basis diamonds to diamonds, \(\varphi (I^+(p) \cap I^-(q)) = I^+(\varphi (p)) \cap I^-(\varphi (q))\), both as an image and in pointwise-action form \(\varphi \cdot \mathbf{B}\), and this lifts to the bundled Lorentzian spacetime.
Bundling the inverse into the predicate makes the subgroup axioms follow from the identity and composition cases with no appeal to the group topology. Basis-set preservation is then the image of an intersection of a chronological future and past, computed via the previous lemma using injectivity of the isometry.
Instantiating the abstract curved-spacetime interface with the oriented identity component, every isometry \(\varphi \) of the abstract spacetime carries Alexandrov-basis sets to basis sets, \(\varphi \cdot \mathbf{B}\) is again a basis set. This is exactly the well-definedness condition for the Axiom 5 action \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}) \to \mathfrak {U}(\varphi (\mathbf{B}))\).
The abstract isometry group of the bridge is, by definition, the oriented identity component, so basis-set preservation transfers verbatim from the concrete statement.
10.2.6 Pullback metrics and cross-metric isometries
The single-metric isometry lemmas above compare a spacetime with itself. General covariance (321) instead compares two different metrics on one carrier, related by pulling back along a diffeomorphism, so the corresponding transport statements have to be redone cross-metric; the single-metric lemmas 93–97 do not apply. This subsection supplies the geometry.
Let \((M,g)\) be a spacetime (19) and let \(\psi : M \to M\) be a \(C^\infty \) diffeomorphism. The pullback metric \(\psi ^*g\) is the field of bilinear forms
where \(d\psi _x : TM|_x \to TM|_{\psi (x)}\) is the manifold differential of \(\psi \) at \(x\). The pullback spacetime \(\psi ^*(M,g)\) is the datum obtained by keeping the carrier set, topology, Hausdorff and connectedness properties, charts, model with corners, smooth structure, and tangent-space finite-dimensionality of \((M,g)\) unchanged, and replacing the metric field by \(\psi ^*g\). This node is data only: that \(\psi ^*g\) satisfies the metric obligations of 19 is 108.
The metric field of 19 is not a bare function of two vectors but a family of continuous bilinear forms, \(g_x : TM|_x \to _L TM|_x \to _L \mathbb {R}\). The displayed formula must therefore be realised as an inhabitant of that bundled type, not merely as a pointwise numerical prescription: \(\psi ^*g\) is defined by precomposing \(g_{\psi (x)}\) with \(d\psi _x\) in both slots,
using that \(d\psi _x\) is itself a continuous linear map. Continuity and bilinearity of \((\psi ^*g)_x\) are then structural rather than facts to be proved, and \(\mathtt{bilinearComp\_ apply}\) recovers the displayed formula. Without this step there is nothing to put in the metric field of the bundled spacetime.
For a \(C^\infty \) diffeomorphism \(\psi \) of \(M\) and any \(x \in M\), the differential \(d\psi _x : TM|_x \to TM|_{\psi (x)}\) is a continuous linear isomorphism.
This is Mathlib’s Diffeomorph.mfderivToContinuousLinearEquiv, which packages the differential of a \(C^n\) diffeomorphism (\(n \neq 0\)) at a point as a ContinuousLinearEquiv between the tangent spaces; Diffeomorph.mfderivToContinuousLinearEquiv_coe identifies its underlying map with \(d\psi _x\).
Two implementation points. First, the statement deliberately claims only that \(d\psi _x\) is an isomorphism, and does not identify the inverse of that equivalence with \(d(\psi ^{-1})_{\psi (x)}\). Such an identification is not available definitionally: Diffeomorph.mfderivToContinuousLinearEquiv is built as \((\psi .\mathtt{isLocalDiffeomorph}\; x).\mathtt{mfderivToContinuousLinearEquiv}\), so its inverse function comes from IsLocalDiffeomorphAt.mfderivToContinuousLinearEquiv — the differential of a local inverse chosen by that construction, not of the global \(\psi ^{-1}\). Where the notation \((d\psi _x)^{-1}\) appears below it therefore means the symm of this equivalence, not a priori \(d(\psi ^{-1})_{\psi (x)}\), and the purely algebraic consumers — 103, 106, 112, 114 — need nothing more, since they use only the two cancellation identities \(\mathtt{symm\_ apply\_ apply}\) and \(\mathtt{apply\_ symm\_ apply}\) of the equivalence, which hold for whatever the symm happens to be.
It must not be inferred from this that the identification is never needed. A second group of nodes reasons about \(d(\psi ^{-1})\) as such, i.e. about \(\mathtt{mfderiv}\; \psi .\mathtt{symm}\), because the orientation hypothesis they invoke is applied to the inverse diffeomorphism. What those nodes require is the chain-rule cancellation
and Mathlib has no such lemma for a global Diffeomorph (there is no Diffeomorph analogue of the \(\mathtt{mfderiv}\)/symm identities; searching turns up only Diffeomorph.apply_symm_apply at the level of points). It has to be proved by hand; that obligation is no longer left implicit here but is discharged by the separate nodes 101 and 102. It is genuine work and is not supplied by the equivalence above.
Their direct consumers are exactly two: 116, which needs the cancellation to instantiate the \(\psi ^{-1}\) half of the two-sided orientation hypothesis, and 118, which needs it to turn the isometry equation for \(\psi \) into the isometry equation for \(\psi ^{-1}\). The nodes further downstream — 125, 126, 127 and 129 — do reason about \(\psi ^{-1}\), but they reach the cancellation only through those two, and so cite them rather than these nodes.
Second, Diffeomorph.mfderivToContinuousLinearEquiv_coe is not tagged @[simp], and its point argument \(x\) is implicit while the diffeomorphism and the hypothesis \(n \neq 0\) are explicit. It must therefore be rewritten by hand (typically as \(\leftarrow \) Diffeomorph.mfderivToContinuousLinearEquiv_coe with the \(n \neq 0\) side goal discharged inline), rather than being picked up by simp.
Let \(\psi \) be a \(C^\infty \) diffeomorphism of \(M\) and let \(x \in M\). Then, pointwise,
The pointwise form displayed above is the primary statement of this node, because that is the form in which every consumer applies it; the operator identity \(d\psi _x \circ d(\psi ^{-1})_{\psi (x)} = \mathrm{id}_{TM|_{\psi (x)}}\) follows from it by ContinuousLinearMap.ext and is not what is stated. Here \(d(\psi ^{-1})_{\psi (x)}\) means \(\mathtt{mfderiv}\; I\; I\; \psi .\mathtt{symm}\; (\psi \, x)\): the differential of the global inverse diffeomorphism, not the symm of the equivalence of 100.
Differentiate the composite \(\psi \circ \psi ^{-1}\) at the point \(\psi (x)\), and apply the result to \(u\).
The chain rule to cite is mfderiv_comp_apply_of_eq, not mfderiv_comp (nor its _apply form). Its exact shape is
and the base-point argument \(hy\) is exactly what is needed here: instantiated at \(g := \psi \), \(f := \psi .\mathtt{symm}\), base point \(\psi (x)\) and \(y := x\), it requires \(hy : \psi .\mathtt{symm}(\psi \, x) = x\), which is Diffeomorph.symm_apply_apply. Without that transport the plain mfderiv_comp produces the outer factor as \(\mathtt{mfderiv}\; \psi \; \big(\psi .\mathtt{symm}(\psi \, x)\big)\), whose value lives in the tangent space at \(\psi (\psi .\mathtt{symm}(\psi \, x))\) rather than at \(\psi (x)\); those two tangent spaces are propositionally but not definitionally identified, so the composition does not typecheck until the base point has been transported. The _of_eq variant is the lemma that takes the transport as an argument and states its conclusion at \(y\).
The two differentiability hypotheses are Diffeomorph.mdifferentiable (side condition \(n \neq 0\)) applied to \(\psi \) and to \(\psi .\mathtt{symm}\). Finally \(\psi \circ \psi .\mathtt{symm}\) is the identity function by Diffeomorph.apply_symm_apply (and funext), so the left-hand side is \(\mathtt{mfderiv}\; \mathrm{id}\; (\psi \, x)\, u = u\) by mfderiv_id and ContinuousLinearMap.id_apply.
Since it is an mfderiv identity that is wanted and not a statement about the equivalence, 100 is deliberately not used: as recorded there, the symm of that equivalence is not definitionally \(d(\psi ^{-1})_{\psi (x)}\), so it cannot supply this.
Let \(\psi \) be a \(C^\infty \) diffeomorphism of \(M\) and let \(x \in M\). Then, pointwise,
with the same reading of \(d(\psi ^{-1})_{\psi (x)}\) as in 101, and again with the pointwise form as the primary statement.
The mirror of 101, run on \(\psi ^{-1} \circ \psi \) at \(x\): mfderiv_comp_apply_of_eq with \(g := \psi .\mathtt{symm}\), \(f := \psi \), base point \(x\) and \(y := \psi (x)\), so that the base-point argument \(hy : \psi \, x = \psi \, x\) is rfl in this order — the transport is trivial here, which is precisely why the two directions are separate nodes rather than one, the \(hy\) bookkeeping being asymmetric between them. The composite is the identity by Diffeomorph.symm_apply_apply, and mfderiv_id finishes as before.
Its consumer is 118, where it is paired with 101 to record that \(d(\psi ^{-1})_{\psi (x)}\) and \(d\psi _x\) are mutually inverse; 101 alone is what the orientation-transport nodes need.
For a \(C^\infty \) diffeomorphism \(\psi \) of \(M\) and any \(x \in M\), the formal inverse \(\mathtt{ContinuousLinearMap.inverse}\, (d\psi _x)\) agrees with the inverse of the continuous linear equivalence of 100; in particular \((d\psi _x)^{-1}\, (d\psi _x v) = v\) and \(d\psi _x\big((d\psi _x)^{-1}u\big) = u\).
Mathlib’s ContinuousLinearMap.inverse is defined by cases on invertibility and returns the junk value \(0\) when its argument is not invertible, so nothing can be cancelled against it until invertibility is exhibited. Here Diffeomorph.mfderivToContinuousLinearEquiv_coe identifies \(d\psi _x\) with the coercion of an equivalence, and ContinuousLinearMap.inverse_equiv rewrites the formal inverse of such a coercion as the symm of that equivalence. The two cancellation identities are then symm_apply_apply and apply_symm_apply.
This leaf is what licenses the \(d\psi \) cancellations used below, and it is not optional. The pullback time orientation of 113 is built with VectorField.mpullback, whose definition is literally \((d\psi _x).\mathtt{inverse}\) applied to the field; until that formal inverse is identified with a genuine two-sided inverse, an expression such as \(d\psi _x\big((d\psi _x)^{-1} t_{\psi (x)}\big)\) cannot be simplified at all, because ContinuousLinearMap.inverse is a case split that may return \(0\). Every cancellation in 111, 112, 114 and 106 passes through this step.
For every \(x \in M\) the form \((\psi ^*g)_x\) of 99 is symmetric.
Unfold 99 on both sides and apply the symmetry of \(g_{\psi (x)}\) to the pair \((d\psi _x v, d\psi _x w)\).
For every \(x \in M\) the form \((\psi ^*g)_x\) of 99 is non-degenerate: if \((\psi ^*g)_x(v,w) = 0\) for all \(w\), then \(v = 0\).
Since \(d\psi _x\) is surjective (100), every \(u \in TM|_{\psi (x)}\) is \(d\psi _x w\) for some \(w\), so the hypothesis says \(g_{\psi (x)}(d\psi _x v, \cdot )\) vanishes identically. Non-degeneracy of \(g\) gives \(d\psi _x v = 0\), and injectivity of \(d\psi _x\) gives \(v = 0\).
For every \(x \in M\) there is a basis of \(TM|_x\) whose Gram matrix under \((\psi ^*g)_x\) is \(\mathrm{diag}(-1,1,1,1)\).
Let \(\{ e_i\} \) be a signature basis of \(TM|_{\psi (x)}\) for \(g_{\psi (x)}\), supplied by the Lorentzian condition of 19. Transport it along the inverse of the linear equivalence of 100 using Module.Basis.map, giving a basis \(\{ (d\psi _x)^{-1}e_i\} \) of \(TM|_x\). Its Gram matrix is computed by unfolding 99 and cancelling \(d\psi _x\) against \((d\psi _x)^{-1}\):
which is \(\mathrm{diag}(-1,1,1,1)\) by choice of \(\{ e_i\} \).
The Lorentzian condition of 19 is stated as the existence of a signature basis at each point, and the proof above uses exactly that. This is essential and not a matter of taste: were the signature condition instead a rigid condition on the chart components of the metric, the pullback would not in general satisfy it, a generic differential \(d\psi _x\) not preserving coordinate components. The existential formulation is what makes the class of spacetimes closed under pullback.
Mathlib has no pullback operation on covariant tensor fields, so the smoothness obligation of 19 for \(\psi ^*g\) must be assembled by hand. Since that obligation is now the bundle-section condition recorded in 19, the assembly is done entirely in the bundle-section idiom, out of three ingredients: the bundle-section smoothness of \(g\) itself (the contMDiff field of the source spacetime), the smoothness of \(\psi \) (Diffeomorph.contMDiff), and the smoothness of \(x \mapsto d\psi _x\) as a section of the hom bundle. No chart-local reformulation of either the hypothesis or the goal is needed, and in particular nothing has to be translated between two idioms.
The assignment \(x \mapsto (\psi ^*g)_x\) of 99 satisfies the contMDiff field of 19: it is a section of the bundle of continuous bilinear forms on the tangent bundle of regularity index \(\infty \), i.e. a \(C^\infty \) section,
The index is \(\infty \): that is what 19 demands.
The label name is historical. It reads pullback-metric-smooth-in-charts because the smoothness field of 19 was once a chart-local \(\mathtt{ContDiffWithinAt}\) condition. It is kept unchanged only because 108 cites it; nothing chart-local remains in either its statement or its proof.
By the bundled form recorded in 99, the section in question is
so the goal is smoothness in \(x\) of a bilinear form obtained by precomposing a smooth family of bilinear forms with a family of continuous linear maps in both slots. Three ingredients feed it, all in the bundle-section idiom:
smoothness of \(g\) as a section of the bilinear-form bundle over the base map \(\psi \) — the contMDiff field of the source spacetime 19, composed with \(\psi \);
regularity of \(\psi \) itself, supplied by Diffeomorph.contMDiff, read at the same index \(\infty \) as the goal; it supplies the base map along which the previous item is read;
smoothness of \(x \mapsto d\psi _x\) as a section of the hom bundle \(\mathrm{Hom}\big(TM|_x,\, TM|_{\psi (x)}\big)\) over the base map \(\psi \), together with invertibility of each \(d\psi _x\) (100) where the bundled form has to be recognised as a continuous linear map.
The assembly is not an instance of ContMDiff.clm_bundle_apply\(_2\): that lemma applies a bilinear-form section to two vector-field sections and returns a scalar section, so it evaluates rather than precomposes, and Mathlib has no bundle-level precomposition lemma at all — the only precomposition statement, ContMDiff.clm_comp, is for trivial bundles. The route to use instead is to unfold the goal through contMDiffAt_hom_bundle, as described next.
The route, now pinned down. This was previously recorded as an open API question. It is no longer open: every smoothness step is supplied by Mathlib, and what remains is two mechanical local identities. The chain is:
smoothness of \(x \mapsto d\psi _x\) is ContMDiffAt.mfderiv_const (Mathlib/Geometry/Manifold/ContMDiffMFDeriv.lean:241), whose conclusion is \(\mathtt{ContMDiffAt}\) of \(\mathtt{inTangentCoordinates}\; I\; I\; \mathrm{id}\; \psi \; (\mathtt{mfderiv}\; \psi )\; x_0\). Its regularity gap \(m + 1 \le n\) holds at \(m = n = \infty \) because \(\infty + 1 = \infty \) (ENat.coe_top_add_one, which is rfl and @[simp]), so it is le_rfl, not le_top. Only \(\mathtt{At}\) and \(\mathtt{WithinAt}\) forms exist, so the global goal is opened with a single intro;
the match between that \(\mathtt{inTangentCoordinates}\) conclusion and the \(\mathtt{inCoordinates}\) shape the goal wants is definitional: \(\mathtt{inTangentCoordinates}\) is defined as the two-base-point \(\mathtt{inCoordinates}\) (Mathlib/Geometry/Manifold/VectorBundle/Tangent.lean:518). Mathlib itself relies on this defeq, assigning the output of mfderivWithin_const directly to a goal spelled with raw inCoordinates (Mathlib/Geometry/Manifold/VectorField/Pullback.lean:423). That file’s ContMDiffWithinAt.mpullbackWithin_vectorField_inter is the canonical template for this whole node;
the two-slot precomposition is Mathlib’s, via the identity \(\beta .\mathtt{bilinearComp}\, A\, A = (A.\mathtt{precomp}\, \mathbb {R}) \circ (\beta \circ A)\) and then ContMDiffAt.clm_precomp (Mathlib/Geometry/Manifold/ContMDiff/NormedSpace.lean:122) with ContMDiffAt.clm_comp (:170).
Two local algebraic helpers were indeed needed and had to be written by hand, but neither is a smoothness statement, and both were written as haves inside the single proof rather than as top-level lemmas. The first is the \(\mathtt{precomp}\) identity just displayed, \((\Gamma \, x).\mathtt{bilinearComp}\, (\Delta \, x)\, (\Delta \, x) = ((\Delta \, x).\mathtt{precomp}\; \mathbb {R}) \circ \big((\Gamma \, x) \circ (\Delta \, x)\big)\); it holds identically, with no side conditions, and was proved by filter_upwards, then ext v w, then simp [ContinuousLinearMap.bilinearComp_apply]. The second — that the \(\mathtt{inCoordinates}\) reading of a \(\mathtt{bilinearComp}\) is the \(\mathtt{bilinearComp}\) of the \(\mathtt{inCoordinates}\) readings — is not an identity: it holds only on the intersection of the two relevant trivialisation base sets, because continuousLinearMapAt and symmL are mutually inverse only there. It was therefore established as an eventual equality at \(x_0\), via filter_upwards on two neighbourhood facts: that \(x\) lies in the base set of the trivialisation at \(x_0\), and that \(\psi (x)\) lies in the base set of the trivialisation at \(\psi (x_0)\), the latter obtained from continuity of \(\psi \) by ContinuousAt.preimage_mem_nhds; both memberships come from FiberBundle.mem_baseSet_trivializationAt’ together with Trivialization.open_baseSet.mem_nhds. The computation then goes through hom_trivializationAt_apply, Bundle.ContinuousLinearMap.inCoordinates_apply_eq\(_2\) (twice), ContinuousLinearMap.inCoordinates_eq, and a small telescoping step cancelling a trivialisation against its inverse via Bundle.Trivialization.coe_linearMapAt_of_mem and Bundle.Trivialization.symm_linearMapAt, finishing with congr_of_eventuallyEq. One practical warning, recorded because it cost a formalization attempt: those last two lemmas live in the Bundle.Trivialization namespace, not Trivialization. In Mathlib/Topology/VectorBundle/Basic.lean the end Pretrivialization closes only the inner namespace, leaving Bundle open, so the block at line 169 nests as Bundle.Trivialization. Both helpers are of the same kind as the filter_upwards/ext/simp steps that already close the constant-metric case in Physicslib4/Spacetime/Minkowski.lean.
Two corrections to what was written here before. First, ContMDiff.clm_comp is not the only precomposition statement in Mathlib — the clm_precomp and clm_postcomp families live in the same file and are the ones actually needed. Second, the candidate list below was retained as a record of how the question was framed, but the second and third bullets are now settled by the two items above rather than open:
on the goal side, contMDiffAt_hom_bundle in Mathlib/Geometry/Manifold/VectorBundle/Hom.lean does apply: the fibre here is \(TM|_x \to _L[\mathbb {R}] TM|_x \to _L[\mathbb {R}] \mathbb {R}\), whose source and target both sit over the single base point \(x\), and that lemma’s statement reads the fibre element through \(\mathtt{inCoordinates}\; F_1\; E_1\; F_2\; E_2\; (f\, x_0).1\; (f\, x).1\; (f\, x_0).1\; (f\, x).1\), i.e. with one and the same base point in the source and the target slots. Applying it reduces this node to smoothness of the \(\mathtt{inCoordinates}\) reading of \((\psi ^*g)_x\);
that reduced goal is exactly the shape ContMDiffAt.mfderiv in Mathlib/Geometry/Manifold/MFDeriv/ produces for \(d\psi \), namely smoothness of the differential in the \(\mathtt{inTangentCoordinates}\) normalisation rather than as a bundle section — which is why the reduction is made in this direction and not the other;
the surrounding inTangentCoordinates API of the same directory (inTangentCoordinates, inTangentCoordinates_eq), for matching the two readings up.
One thing to record so that it is not attempted: contMDiffAt_hom_bundle is not a possible target shape for \(x \mapsto d\psi _x\) itself. Its single-base-point form is precisely what rules that out, since \(d\psi _x : TM|_x \to _L[\mathbb {R}] TM|_{\psi (x)}\) has two base maps, the identity and \(\psi \). The two-base-map API is ContMDiffAt.clm_apply_of_inCoordinates and ContMDiffWithinAt.clm_apply_of_inCoordinates, whose hypothesis is stated as smoothness of \(\mathtt{inCoordinates}\; F_1\; E_1\; F_2\; E_2\; (b_1\, m_0)\; (b_1\, m)\; (b_2\, m_0)\; (b_2\, m)\; (\varphi \, m)\), with independent \(b_1\) and \(b_2\); Mathlib gives these only in the \(\mathtt{At}\) and \(\mathtt{WithinAt}\) forms, because the \(\mathtt{inCoordinates}\) hypothesis only makes sense around a point.
These do compose into the ingredient as stated. No intermediate top-level lemma was needed: the two local identities above are discharged inline, inside the single proof. All three ingredients are Mathlib-backed as they stand.
For a spacetime \((M,g)\) and a \(C^\infty \) diffeomorphism \(\psi \) of \(M\), the pullback datum \(\psi ^*(M,g)\) of 99 is again a spacetime.
Let \(g_1\) and \(g_2\) be metrics on \(M\) with time orientations \(t_1\) and \(t_2\) respectively, and let \(\psi \) be a \(C^\infty \) diffeomorphism of \(M\). Say \(\psi \) preserves the future orientation when
for every \(x \in M\) and \(v \in TM|_x\), in the sense of 26. Say \(\psi \) satisfies the two-sided orientation hypothesis when both \(\psi \) preserves the future orientation from \((g_1,t_1)\) to \((g_2,t_2)\) and \(\psi ^{-1}\) preserves it from \((g_2,t_2)\) back to \((g_1,t_1)\).
Nothing here refers to the metrics beyond the two orientations, so this is a condition on a diffeomorphism and a pair of oriented metrics, stated independently of any isometry hypothesis. The single-metric case \(g_1 = g_2 = g\), \(t_1 = t_2 = t\) is the existing \(\mathtt{Isometry.PreservesFutureOrientation}\), and the two-sided form is what the single-metric 97 already uses; the definition is hoisted here so that the lemmas below can cite it rather than restate it.
The pullback time orientation is \(\psi ^*t : x \mapsto (d\psi _x)^{-1}\, t_{\psi (x)}\), which is Mathlib’s \(\mathtt{VectorField.mpullback}\; I\; I\; \psi \; t\). Establishing that it is a time orientation splits into one smoothness statement and two pointwise conditions, and the smoothness statement is now a single step. Since the smooth field of 25 is itself the bundle-section condition, it is literally the hypothesis of ContMDiff.mpullback_vectorField, whose conclusion is in turn literally the field to be produced for the pullback: the transport along \(\psi \) is applied directly, with no conversion on either side.
This is the main structural gain of making the bundle-section form primitive. In the earlier chart-local formulation the smoothness argument was a round trip between two idioms — chart-local hypothesis to bundle section, transport along \(\psi \), bundle section back to chart-local goal — and the dictionary between the two forms was the one node of this section that was accepted as an obligation rather than reduced to Mathlib leaves, because Mathlib has no lemma packaging the \(\mathrm{tangentCoordChange}\) round trip (the only \(M\)-side statement about it, continuousOn_tangentCoordChange, gives mere continuity). Both conversion legs and the accepted obligation between them are now gone outright: there is no second idiom to translate to, so the time-orientation smoothness chain below — 110 and its consumers — has no accepted obligation in it at all. This is a statement about that chain only, and not about the section as a whole: the metric side’s hom-bundle ingredient, smoothness of \(x \mapsto d\psi _x\), is likewise settled: its Mathlib route is now pinned down in 107 (ContMDiffAt.mfderiv_const plus the definitional \(\mathtt{inTangentCoordinates}\)/\(\mathtt{inCoordinates}\) match), leaving there only two local algebraic helpers and no smoothness gap.
Let \(\psi \) be a \(C^\infty \) diffeomorphism of \(M\) and let \(V\) be a vector field on \(M\) with \(\mathtt{CMDiff}\; \infty \; (\mathtt{T\% }\; V)\). Then
This node was always stated in bundle-section terms, and it is now consumed directly: the hypothesis \(hV\) is literally the smooth field of 25, so applying the node at \(V = t\) needs no conversion, and its conclusion is literally the smooth field to be produced for \(\psi ^*t\).
This is ContMDiff.mpullback_vectorField, whose four hypotheses must all be supplied — they are more than invertibility of the differential:
\(hV\): \(\mathtt{CMDiff}\; m\; (\mathtt{T\% }\; V)\), the hypothesis of this node, which for \(V = t\) is the smooth field of 25 verbatim.
\(hf\): \(\mathtt{CMDiff}\; n\; \psi \), from \(\psi \) being a smooth diffeomorphism (Diffeomorph.contMDiff); as everywhere in this section the index is \(n = \infty \), matching 19.
\(hf'\): \(\forall x,\ (\mathtt{mfderiv\% }\; \psi \; x).\mathtt{IsInvertible}\). This is \(\mathtt{ContinuousLinearMap.IsInvertible}\) — a predicate on a continuous linear map — and not a ContinuousLinearEquiv, so 100 does not supply it directly. The bridge is: rewrite \(d\psi _x\) as the coercion of the equivalence using Diffeomorph.mfderivToContinuousLinearEquiv_coe (backwards, by hand, since it is not a simp lemma; see 100), then close the goal with ContinuousLinearMap.isInvertible_equiv, which states that the coercion of any ContinuousLinearEquiv is invertible.
\(hmn\): the exponent gap \(m + 1 \leq n\). Here \(m = n = \infty \), and the gap holds because \(\infty + 1 = \infty \) (ENat.coe_top_add_one, which is rfl and @[simp]), so it is le_rfl, not le_top.
It further requires the instances \([\mathtt{CompleteSpace}\; E]\) and \([\mathtt{IsManifold}\; I\; 1\; M]\) (both source and target instances, which coincide here since \(\psi \) maps \(M\) to itself); \(E = \mathbb {R}^4\) is complete and the \(\infty \)-smooth structure of 19 gives the manifold instance at order \(1\).
For every \(x \in M\), \((\psi ^*t)_x = (d\psi _x)^{-1}\, t_{\psi (x)} \neq 0\).
By 103 the formal inverse \((d\psi _x)^{-1}\) occurring in VectorField.mpullback is the symm of a continuous linear equivalence, hence injective (ContinuousLinearEquiv.injective), and it sends \(0\) to \(0\). Since \(t_{\psi (x)} \neq 0\) by the non-vanishing field of 25, the image is nonzero. Without 103 this fails: \(\mathtt{ContinuousLinearMap.inverse}\) returns the junk value \(0\) off the invertible case and is then not injective.
For every \(x \in M\),
so \((\psi ^*t)_x\) is timelike for \(\psi ^*g\).
Unfold 99 (whose defining equation is recovered from the bundled form by \(\mathtt{bilinearComp\_ apply}\)), so that the left-hand side reads \(g_{\psi (x)}\big(d\psi _x\, (d\psi _x)^{-1} t_{\psi (x)},\, d\psi _x\, (d\psi _x)^{-1} t_{\psi (x)}\big)\). Cancel each occurrence by 103 alone. That suffices, and 101 is deliberately not needed here: the inverse appearing in this expression is the one written into \(\mathtt{VectorField.mpullback}\), namely \(\mathtt{ContinuousLinearMap.inverse}\, (d\psi _x)\), and not \(\mathtt{mfderiv}\; \psi .\mathtt{symm}\; (\psi \, x)\). So the cancellation required is the apply_symm_apply of the equivalence, exactly as recorded in the first implementation point of 100; the global-inverse round trip is a different identity and would be an unnecessary detour. The resulting quantity is negative by the timelike field of 25 for \(t\) at \(\psi (x)\).
Assemble the three fields of a \(\mathtt{TimeOrientation}\) for \(\psi ^*(M,g)\). Smoothness is one step: apply 110 at \(V = t\), whose hypothesis is the smooth field of 25 for \(t\) as it stands and whose conclusion is the smooth field required of \(\psi ^*t\); both sides are bundle-section statements, so no conversion is performed in either direction. Non-vanishing is 111 and timelikeness is 112.
For \(v \in TM|_x\) timelike for \(\psi ^*g\),
and hence \(v\) is future-pointing for \((\psi ^*g, \psi ^*t)\) if and only if \(d\psi _x v\) is future-pointing for \((g,t)\).
Unfold 99 in the left-hand side and cancel \(d\psi _x\big((d\psi _x)^{-1} t_{\psi (x)}\big) = t_{\psi (x)}\) by 103. Timelikeness transports immediately, since \((\psi ^*g)_x(v,v) = g_{\psi (x)}(d\psi _x v, d\psi _x v)\) is the defining equation of 99 at \(w = v\). Both sides of the claimed equivalence therefore sit in the timelike branch of 26, where future-pointing is exactly negativity of the displayed quantity.
For \(v \in TM|_x\) null for \(\psi ^*g\), \(v\) is future-pointing for \((\psi ^*g, \psi ^*t)\) if and only if \(d\psi _x v\) is future-pointing for \((g,t)\).
Future-pointing for a null vector is not a sign condition: by 26 it is the existence of a sequence \(v_n\) of future-pointing timelike vectors with \(v_n \to v\). So the sign argument of 114 does not apply directly and the witnessing sequence must be transported.
Given such a sequence for \(v\), put \(w_n := d\psi _x v_n\). Each \(w_n\) is timelike and future-pointing for \((g,t)\) by 114, and \(w_n \to d\psi _x v\) because \(d\psi _x\) is a continuous linear map (100), so \(\mathtt{Filter.Tendsto}\) composes with its continuity at \(v\). As \(d\psi _x v\) is null for \(g\), the sequence \((w_n)\) witnesses the null branch for \(d\psi _x v\). The converse runs the same argument with \((d\psi _x)^{-1}\), itself continuous and linear.
The diffeomorphism \(\psi \), regarded as carrying \((\psi ^*g, \psi ^*t)\) to \((g,t)\), satisfies the two-sided orientation hypothesis of 109.
A future-pointing vector is either timelike or null (26). The timelike case is 114 and the null case is 115; each is an equivalence, so it yields both the forward direction for \(\psi \) and the forward direction for \(\psi ^{-1}\).
The \(\psi ^{-1}\) half is where 101 is spent, and it is worth naming the point exactly, since the edge is otherwise unlocatable in the argument. That half asks: for \(y \in M\) and \(u \in TM|_y\) future-pointing for \((g,t)\), show \(d(\psi ^{-1})_y u\) is future-pointing for \((\psi ^*g, \psi ^*t)\). Put \(x := \psi ^{-1}(y)\), so \(y = \psi (x)\), and apply the equivalence at \(x\) to the vector \(v := d(\psi ^{-1})_{\psi (x)}u\): it says \(v\) is future-pointing for \((\psi ^*g,\psi ^*t)\) iff \(d\psi _x v\) is future-pointing for \((g,t)\). But \(d\psi _x v = d\psi _x\big(d(\psi ^{-1})_{\psi (x)}u\big) = u\) by 101, so the right-hand side is the hypothesis. The same rewriting is also what supplies the causal-type side condition of the equivalence, \((\psi ^*g)_x(v,v) = g_{\psi (x)}(d\psi _x v, d\psi _x v) = g_y(u,u)\), so \(v\) sits in the same timelike-or-null branch as \(u\). Without the cancellation the two sides of the equivalence simply do not meet the hypothesis, since \(d\psi _x\, d(\psi ^{-1})_{\psi (x)}u\) is not syntactically \(u\).
Let \(g_1\) and \(g_2\) be metrics on the same manifold \(M\). A \(C^\infty \) diffeomorphism \(\psi : M \to M\) is an isometry from \((M,g_1)\) to \((M,g_2)\) when \(\psi ^*g_2 = g_1\) (99), that is, when
for every \(x \in M\) and all \(v, w \in TM|_x\). The usual single-metric notion — an isometry of \((M,g)\) — is exactly the special case \(g_1 = g_2 = g\). Consequently \(\psi \) is tautologically an isometry from \(\psi ^*(M,g)\) to \((M,g)\), the defining equation there reading \(\psi ^*g = \psi ^*g\). The causal-transport properties of such a \(\psi \) are 119–127.
Let \(\psi \) be an isometry from \((M,g_1)\) to \((M,g_2)\) in the sense of 117. Then \(\psi ^{-1}\) is an isometry from \((M,g_2)\) to \((M,g_1)\): for every \(y \in M\) and all \(u, u' \in TM|_y\),
Moreover \(d(\psi ^{-1})_{\psi (x)}\) and \(d\psi _x\) are mutually inverse continuous linear maps for every \(x\).
Given \(y\), put \(x := \psi ^{-1}(y)\), so that \(y = \psi (x)\) by Diffeomorph.apply_symm_apply; every point of \(M\) is of this form, so it is enough to prove the equation at \(y = \psi (x)\). Instantiate the defining equation of 117 at \(x\) with \(v := d(\psi ^{-1})_{\psi (x)}u\) and \(w := d(\psi ^{-1})_{\psi (x)}u'\):
and rewrite the two arguments on the left with 101, which turns them into \(u\) and \(u'\). The two mutual-inverse identities are 101 and 102 as they stand.
This node exists to replace a hand-wave. The reverse inclusions in 125 and 126 apply 124 to \(\psi ^{-1}\), which requires \(\psi ^{-1}\) to be a cross-metric isometry in the opposite direction; that is not the defining equation of 117 “read backwards”, since reading it backwards gives an equation about \(d\psi \), not about \(d(\psi ^{-1})\), and passing between the two is exactly the cancellation above.
Let \(\psi \) be an isometry from \((M,g_1)\) to \((M,g_2)\) (117). Then \(g_2(d\psi _x v, d\psi _x v) = g_1(v,v)\), and hence \(d\psi _x v\) is timelike, null, or spacelike for \(g_2\) if and only if \(v\) is timelike, null, or spacelike for \(g_1\).
The pushforward of a path under a cross-metric isometry is decomposed exactly as the single-metric case is in the Lean development, which splits \(\mathtt{pushforwardPath}\), \(\mathtt{pushforwardPath\_ tangent}\), \(\mathtt{pushforwardPath\_ isTimelike}\) / \(\mathtt{pushforwardPath\_ isCausal}\) and the two endpoint lemmas into separate declarations. The single-metric 95 does not apply: source and target metrics differ here.
Let \(\psi \) be a \(C^\infty \) diffeomorphism of \(M\) and \(\mu \) a smooth path. For every parameter \(s\) in the parameter space of \(\mu \),
the derivatives being taken within the parameter space.
This is mfderivWithin_comp for the composite of \(\mu \) with \(\psi \). Write \(P\) for the parameter space of \(\mu \) (the inner set), \(u\) for the outer set, and keep \(s \in P\) for the parameter of the statement; the set and the point must be kept notationally apart, since mfderivWithin_comp takes both. With that convention its exact hypotheses are
of which two are easy to overlook. The uniqueness hypothesis is pointwise — a \(\mathtt{UniqueMDiffWithinAt}\) at the single parameter \(s\), not a \(\mathtt{UniqueMDiffOn}\) on the whole of \(P\) — so what 94 supplies must be specialised to \(s\) and converted, as \((\dots \, s\, hs).\mathtt{uniqueMDiffWithinAt}\). And there is a set side condition \(P \subseteq \mu ^{-1}(u)\) relating the inner set to the outer one; here \(u = \mathtt{univ}\), so it is immediate, and correspondingly the outer derivative is an unrestricted mfderiv obtained by mfderivWithin_univ. Differentiability of \(\mu \) within \(P\) comes from its smoothness, and differentiability of \(\psi \) from Diffeomorph.mdifferentiable (with side condition \(n \neq 0\)), which is what the repository template cited below actually uses — not from 100, which delivers a ContinuousLinearEquiv rather than an \(\mathtt{MDifferentiableWithinAt}\) hypothesis.
Do not re-derive this: the repository already contains the single-metric form of exactly this statement, Physicslib4.Spacetime.Isometry.mfderivWithin_comp_diffeo in Physicslib4/Spacetime/IsometryCausality.lean:43, whose proof carries out precisely the four steps above (including the uniqueMDiffWithinAt specialisation and the mfderivWithin_univ rewrite). The cross-metric statement is obtained by copying it with the target metric changed, since the identity is about the differential of \(\psi \) alone and mentions no metric. Similarly, the unique-differentials input 94 is already proved as Physicslib4.Spacetime.Path.uniqueDiffOn_parameterSpace in Physicslib4/Spacetime/Curves.lean:119 and should be cited rather than reproved.
An isometry \(\psi \) from \((M,g_1)\) to \((M,g_2)\) pushes a smooth path \(\mu \) forward to a smooth path \(\psi \circ \mu \) on the same parameter space, with the same closedness, connectedness and non-triviality data.
The parameter space and its properties are copied. Continuity and smoothness of \(\psi \circ \mu \) follow by composing the smooth \(\psi \) with the smooth \(\mu \). Non-vanishing of the tangent vector is the only real obligation: rewrite it with 120 and use that \(d\psi _{\mu (s)}\) is injective (100) together with non-vanishing of \(\dot\mu (s)\).
Again this should be assembled from the existing template rather than rederived: Physicslib4.Spacetime.Isometry.pushforwardPath in Physicslib4/Spacetime/IsometryCausality.lean:70 is the single-metric version of this very construction, and its nonvanishing field is the template for the obligation above — it rewrites with mfderivWithin_comp_diffeo, then with \(\leftarrow \) Diffeomorph.mfderivToContinuousLinearEquiv_coe and ContinuousLinearEquiv.coe_coe to expose the equivalence, and finishes with its injective. The remaining fields (parameterSpace, isClosed, isConnected, nontrivial, continuousOn, smoothOn) are copied verbatim from that template, none of them mentioning a metric.
If \(\mu \) is timelike (respectively causal) for \(g_1\), then \(\psi \circ \mu \) is timelike (respectively causal) for \(g_2\).
Fix \(s\) and rewrite the tangent vector of \(\psi \circ \mu \) using 120. The classification of \(d\psi _{\mu (s)}\dot\mu (s)\) for \(g_2\) agrees with that of \(\dot\mu (s)\) for \(g_1\) by 119; for the causal case split on the timelike and null disjuncts. This mirrors \(\mathtt{pushforwardPath\_ isTimelike}\) and \(\mathtt{pushforwardPath\_ isCausal}\).
If \(p\) is a past (respectively future) endpoint of \(\mu \), then \(\psi (p)\) is a past (respectively future) endpoint of \(\psi \circ \mu \).
Being an endpoint (39) asserts the existence of a parameter \(s\) that is minimal (respectively maximal) in the parameter space with \(\mu (s) = p\). The pushforward has the same parameter space and \((\psi \circ \mu )(s) = \psi (p)\), so the same \(s\) witnesses the condition; no metric or causal input is used. This mirrors \(\mathtt{pushforwardPath\_ isPastEndpoint}\) and \(\mathtt{pushforwardPath\_ isFutureEndpoint}\).
Let \(\psi \) be an isometry from \((M,g_1)\) to \((M,g_2)\), each equipped with a time orientation, and suppose \(\psi \) preserves the future orientation in the sense of 109. Then \(p \ll _1 q\) implies \(\psi (p) \ll _2 \psi (q)\).
A witness for \(p \ll _1 q\) is a future-oriented trip (42) from \(p\) to \(q\) for \(g_1\). Push it forward by 121: it is timelike for \(g_2\) by 122, has endpoints \(\psi (p)\) and \(\psi (q)\) by 123, and is future-oriented because \(d\psi \) carries future-pointing tangent vectors to future-pointing tangent vectors (109). So it witnesses \(\psi (p) \ll _2 \psi (q)\).
Let \(\psi \) be an isometry from \((M,g_1)\) to \((M,g_2)\) satisfying the two-sided orientation hypothesis of 109. Then \(\psi \big(I^+_1(p)\big) = I^+_2(\psi (p))\) for every \(p\).
The inclusion \(\subseteq \) is 124 applied to \(p \ll _1 q\). For \(\supseteq \), note that \(\psi ^{-1}\) is an isometry from \((M,g_2)\) to \((M,g_1)\) by 118, and preserves the future orientation by the second half of the two-sided hypothesis. Applying 124 to \(\psi ^{-1}\) at the point \(\psi (p)\) gives \(\psi ^{-1}\big(I^+_2(\psi (p))\big) \subseteq I^+_1(p)\), which is the reverse inclusion after applying the bijection \(\psi \).
Take the skeleton from the repository rather than inventing one: the single-metric forms Physicslib4.Spacetime.Isometry.chronologicalFuture_image_subset and ...chronologicalFuture_image in Physicslib4/Spacetime/IsometryCausality.lean:270,294 are exactly this argument, and the cross-metric version differs only in carrying two metrics. In particular their proofs use neither Set.image_subset_iff nor any Equiv.image_eq_preimage-style rewriting, which is the tempting but wrong route: the \(\subseteq \) half destructures the image membership directly (rintro _ \(\langle \)q, hq, rfl\(\rangle \)) and the \(\supseteq \) half exhibits the witness \(\psi ^{-1}(r)\) together with the point-level cancellation toDiffeo_inv_apply. The chronology step itself is lifted along the transitive closure by Relation.TransGen.lift.
Under the hypotheses of 125, \(\psi \big(I^-_1(p)\big) = I^-_2(\psi (p))\) for every \(p\).
Let \(\psi \) be an isometry from \((M,g_1)\) to \((M,g_2)\) satisfying the two-sided orientation hypothesis of 109. Then \(\psi \) carries Alexandrov basis sets of \((M,g_1)\) to Alexandrov basis sets of \((M,g_2)\):
The image of an intersection under an injective map is the intersection of the images, and the two factors are computed by 125 and 126. In the case of interest, \(g_1 = \psi ^*g_2\) with the pulled-back time orientation of 113, the orientation hypothesis holds by construction (116); in general it is carried as a hypothesis.
Let \(f : X \to Y\) be a bijection, let \(\mathcal{S}\) and \(\mathcal{T}\) be families of subsets of \(X\) and \(Y\), and equip \(X\) and \(Y\) with the topologies generated by \(\mathcal{S}\) and \(\mathcal{T}\). If \(f\) carries \(\mathcal{S}\) onto \(\mathcal{T}\), in the sense that \(f(S) \in \mathcal{T}\) for every \(S \in \mathcal{S}\) and \(f^{-1}(T) \in \mathcal{S}\) for every \(T \in \mathcal{T}\), then \(f\) is a homeomorphism.
Purely topological, with no geometry involved. By continuous_generateFrom_iff continuity of \(f\) reduces to \(f^{-1}(T)\) being open for each \(T \in \mathcal{T}\), and \(f^{-1}(T) \in \mathcal{S}\) is open by TopologicalSpace.isOpen_generateFrom_of_mem. The same argument applied to \(f^{-1}\), using that \((f^{-1})^{-1}(S) = f(S) \in \mathcal{T}\) since \(f\) is a bijection, gives continuity of the inverse. Bundle the two with the bijection as a Homeomorph.
Two naming and notation points. The openness lemma lives in the TopologicalSpace namespace and must be cited by its fully qualified name: the unqualified isOpen_generateFrom_of_mem does not resolve. By contrast continuous_generateFrom_iff genuinely is in the root namespace and is cited as written. Its exact form is
so only the source topology is written explicitly, as the bracket argument \(t\), while the right-hand side carries a plain IsOpen — resolved against whatever instance is in scope on the source — and the target is forced to be a generateFrom. The point to record is that \(t\) is an implicit variable, not an instance argument: at the application site below the source is the carrier \(M\), which already carries its manifold topology as a registered instance, and that instance is what unification will pick unless \(t\) is instantiated by hand with the Alexandrov generateFrom term. So the lemma must be applied with \(t\) given explicitly (and the resulting plain IsOpen goals read against that same term), since the two Alexandrov topologies are TopologicalSpace terms, not instances on the carrier. Silently letting the manifold topology be inferred yields a well-typed but wrong statement, which is the failure mode to guard against here.
Let \((M,g,t)\) be a spacetime with time orientation and \(\psi \) a \(C^\infty \) diffeomorphism of \(M\). Then \(\psi \) is a homeomorphism from \(\psi ^*(M,g)\) carrying the Alexandrov topology of \(\psi ^*g\) and \(\psi ^*t\) to \((M,g)\) carrying the Alexandrov topology of \(g\) and \(t\).
Apply 128 with \(f := \psi \), a bijection of the common carrier, and with \(\mathcal{S}\), \(\mathcal{T}\) the families of Alexandrov diamonds of \(\psi ^*g\) and of \(g\) (73), whose generated topologies are the two Alexandrov topologies by definition. The hypothesis that \(\psi \) carries \(\mathcal{S}\) onto \(\mathcal{T}\) is 127 applied to \(\psi \) and to \(\psi ^{-1}\), whose two-sided orientation hypothesis holds by 116.
Let \((M,g,t)\) be a Lorentzian spacetime (78) — a spacetime with a time orientation and a Hausdorff Alexandrov topology — and \(\psi \) a \(C^\infty \) diffeomorphism of \(M\). Then \(\psi ^*(M,g,t)\), carrying \(\psi ^*g\), \(\psi ^*t\) and its own Alexandrov topology, is again a Lorentzian spacetime.
This theorem is what makes “the net over \(\psi ^*(M,g)\)” meaningful in 321: the axioms of Section 10.4 are indexed by Lorentzian spacetimes, so without it there is no net over the pullback background to compare with.
10.3 Haag Kastler Axioms
With that out of the way we can state the axioms. Each axiom below is presented as a definition so that it is captured as a node in the blueprint declaration graph. In the Lean formalization the bundling structure HaagKastlerNet packages Axioms 1, 2, 3 and 5 together (see 160), each contributing either a data field or a Prop-valued predicate. Axiom 4 is not among them: it is a bridge principle rather than a mathematical condition on a net, and it is encoded separately as a structure of its own (see 151). Downstream theorems take an instance of HaagKastlerNet as a hypothesis and invoke each axiom as a projection.
For any basis element \(\mathbf{B}\) of the Alexandrov topology on Minkowski spacetime, i.e. any set of the form \(I^+(p) \cap I^-(q)\), there is a corresponding abstract C*-algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\)
and when \(\mathbf{B}\) is the empty set, we have the distinguished correspondence
where \(\mathbf{1}\) is the multiplicative identity in the abstract C*-algebra \(\mathbb {C} \mathbf{1}\).
Let \(\mathbf{B}_1\) and \(\mathbf{B}_2\) be any two basis elements of the Alexandrov topology on Minkowski spacetime, i.e. any two sets of the form \(I^+(p_1) \cap I^-(q_1)\) and \(I^+(p_2) \cap I^-(q_2)\).
The axiom supplies, as data, a family of unital \(*\)-monomorphisms
one for every pair of basis sets with \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2\), subject to three conditions:
injectivity: each \(i_{\mathbf{B}_1\mathbf{B}_2}\) is injective;
identity: \(i_{\mathbf{B}\mathbf{B}} = \mathrm{id}_{\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})}\) for every basis set \(\mathbf{B}\);
composition: \(i_{\mathbf{B}_2\mathbf{B}_3} \circ i_{\mathbf{B}_1\mathbf{B}_2} = i_{\mathbf{B}_1\mathbf{B}_3}\) whenever \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_3\).
Conditions (b) and (c) say exactly that \(\mathbf{B} \mapsto \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) is a functor on the inclusion order of basis sets, with the \(i_{\mathbf{B}_1\mathbf{B}_2}\) as its action on morphisms.
Two points about the shape of this axiom. First, the family must be chosen data and not an existence statement: (b) and (c) are equations between the maps themselves, so there is nothing to state unless the maps are fixed. An axiom of the form “for each inclusion there exists some monomorphism” cannot express functoriality at all.
Second, the hypothesis is the non-strict inclusion \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2\), matching the formalisation, which quantifies over B\(_1\) \(\subseteq \) B\(_2\). Earlier versions of this statement wrote \(\subset \); that was a divergence from the Lean, and the non-strict form is the correct one. It also matters mathematically: the reflexive case \(\mathbf{B}_1 = \mathbf{B}_2\) is what makes (b) expressible, and the strict reading would leave the diagonal of the inclusion order outside the axiom altogether.
Conditions (b) and (c) are required rather than derived because they are properties of the net’s chosen embeddings, not of the spacetime: no geometric fact about Alexandrov diamonds constrains which monomorphism a net picks for a given inclusion, so coherence cannot be discharged after the fact and must be part of the axiom. Their payoff is that the assignment becomes a genuine directed system, which is what gives 148 its algebra structure, and that consumers no longer have to carry coherence as a side hypothesis.
10.3.1 The Quasilocal Colimit
The quasilocal algebra of 148 below rests on a chain of algebraic facts about the directed system of Axiom 2, which we record in this subsection. They fall into two groups: those putting a normed \(*\)-algebra structure on the colimit, assembled in 138, and those passing from that to its completion, assembled in 147. Axioms 3–5 depend only on 148 itself and not on how it is built, so a reader after the axiom presentation alone may skip this subsection.
The order-theoretic repackaging of 88: the set of Alexandrov diamonds on standard Minkowski spacetime is DirectedOn (\(\subseteq \)), and hence, viewed as a subtype ordered by inclusion, satisfies IsDirectedOrder.
Unfolding DirectedOn turns the goal into the statement of 88, which is therefore applied directly. The passage from the set-level DirectedOn to the subtype-level IsDirectedOrder that the colimit construction wants as an instance is Mathlib’s DirectedOn.isDirectedOrder. There is no mathematical content here beyond 88; the node exists so that the colimit nodes can cite an instance rather than restate a \(\forall \exists \) statement.
The isotony family \(i_{\mathbf{B}_1\mathbf{B}_2}\) of Axiom 2 (132), indexed by the diamonds ordered by inclusion, is a directed system in Mathlib’s sense: it satisfies DirectedSystem.
Mathlib’s DirectedSystem f is a two-field class: map_self, saying \(f_{\le \mathrm{rfl}} = \mathrm{id}\), and map_map, saying \(f_{jk} \circ f_{ij} = f_{ik}\). These are literally Axiom 2(b) and Axiom 2(c) (132), so the instance is constructed by supplying those two projections. This is the node that cashes in the remark in 132 that (b) and (c) make the assignment a functor.
The colimit and its algebraic structure come from Mathlib. Let \(\mathcal{D}\) be the type of Alexandrov diamonds ordered by inclusion and set
Mathlib’s general direct limit: the quotient of the sigma type \(\Sigma _{\mathbf{B} : \mathcal{D}} \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) by DirectLimit.setoid, which identifies \(\langle \mathbf{B}_1, a_1\rangle \) with \(\langle \mathbf{B}_2, a_2\rangle \) exactly when \(i_{\mathbf{B}_1\mathbf{B}}(a_1) = i_{\mathbf{B}_2\mathbf{B}}(a_2)\) for some common \(\mathbf{B}\). Two side conditions make this well posed and are both discharged above: the hypothesis that the \(i\) form a DirectedSystem is 134, and the hypothesis that the index order is directed — needed already for DirectLimit.setoid to be transitive — comes from 133 through DirectedOn.isDirectedOrder.
There are no blueprint nodes for the algebraic structure on this object, because Mathlib already provides all of it, mostly by typeclass inference. Concretely:
Ring structure and canonical maps. The Ring (DirectLimit G f) instance — declared anonymously, so there is no declaration name to cite and it is found by typeclass inference — together with \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}} = \texttt{DirectLimit.Ring.of}\) and the universal property DirectLimit.Ring.lift. Concretely the product of \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}_1}(a_1)\) and \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}_2}(a_2)\) is \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}\bigl(i_{\mathbf{B}_1\mathbf{B}}(a_1)\, i_{\mathbf{B}_2\mathbf{B}}(a_2)\bigr)\) for any diamond \(\mathbf{B}\) containing both, and functoriality is what makes this independent of the choice of \(\mathbf{B}\).
Involution and the \(*\)-ring axioms. The Star (DirectLimit G f) instance, whose action on representatives is DirectLimit.star_def: it sends the class of \(\langle \mathbf{B}, a\rangle \) to the class of \(\langle \mathbf{B}, a^{*}\rangle \), so \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}(a)^{*} = \iota _{\mathbf{B}}(a^{*})\) holds by definition. The identities \(x^{**} = x\), \((x+y)^{*} = x^{*}+y^{*}\) and \((xy)^{*} = y^{*}x^{*}\) are the StarRing (DirectLimit G f) instance.
\(\mathbb {C}\)-algebra structure. The Algebra R (DirectLimit G f) instance — again declared anonymously, with no declaration name to cite, and found by typeclass inference — with canonical algebra maps DirectLimit.Algebra.of, so each \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}\) is a unital \(\mathbb {C}\)-algebra homomorphism. Compatibility of \(\star \) with scalars, \((c \cdot x)^{*} = \bar{c} \cdot x^{*}\), is the StarModule \(\mathbb {C}\) (DirectLimit G f) instance (autogenerated name DirectLimit.instStarModule). Together with the previous item this is the entire \(*\)-algebra structure over \(\mathbb {C}\); nothing has to be constructed by hand.
Injectivity of the canonical maps. Each \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}\) is injective by DirectLimit.mk_injective, whose hypothesis — injectivity of every transition map — is exactly Axiom 2(a) (132). This is where Axiom 2(a) earns its place: without it the colimit could identify distinct local observables, and both positive definiteness of the colimit norm below and the reading of \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) as a subalgebra of \(\mathfrak {U}\) would fail.
Which Mathlib construction. It must be the general DirectLimit, not Ring.DirectLimit. Despite its name the latter is defined as a quotient of FreeCommRing (\(\Sigma \) i, G i) and its deriving clause produces a CommRing; it is a commutative-rings-only construction and cannot carry the local algebras, which are noncommutative in every case of interest. The general DirectLimit imposes no commutativity: it asks only that the transition maps be RingHomClass, which the unital \(*\)-monomorphisms of Axiom 2 are.
One more fact needs no node either: each isotony embedding \(i_{\mathbf{B}_1\mathbf{B}_2}\) is isometric. An injective \(*\)-homomorphism between complex C*-algebras is norm preserving, which is NonUnitalStarAlgHom.norm_map, lemma norm_map (\(\varphi \) : F) (h\(\varphi \) : Function.Injective \(\varphi \)) (a : A) : \(\| \varphi a\| = \| a\| \). Its only hypothesis is injectivity, i.e. Axiom 2(a) (132), and the local algebras are complex C*-algebras by Axiom 1 (131); this repository already applies that citation twice.
What is left for this blueprint is therefore only the norm on the colimit, which Mathlib cannot guess, and its passage to the completion.
Setting \(\| [a]\| := \| a\| \) for a representative \(a \in \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) gives a well-defined function on the colimit \(\varinjlim _{\mathbf{B}} \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\): the value depends neither on the diamond \(\mathbf{B}\) nor on the representative \(a\) chosen.
Two representatives of the same class become equal after transport into a common containing diamond, which exists by 133. That transport is by isotony embeddings, and those are isometric — NonUnitalStarAlgHom.norm_map applied with Axiom 2(a) (132) in the complex C*-algebras of Axiom 1 (131) — so each representative has the same norm as their common image and hence the same norm as the other.
For any two elements \(x, y\) of \(\varinjlim _{\mathbf{B}} \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) there are a single diamond \(\mathbf{B}\) and elements \(a, b \in \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) with \(x = \iota _{\mathbf{B}}(a)\) and \(y = \iota _{\mathbf{B}}(b)\).
This is Mathlib’s DirectLimit.exists_eq_mk\(_2\), theorem exists_eq_mk\(_2\) (z w : DirectLimit F f) : \(\exists \) i x y, z = [\(\langle \)i, x\(\rangle \)] \(\wedge \) w = [\(\langle \)i, y\(\rangle \)], applied to the directed system 134; its directedness hypothesis is 133 through DirectedOn.isDirectedOrder. When the goal is a proposition rather than data, the same fact is packaged as the induction principle DirectLimit.induction\(_2\), which is the form actually used in tactic proofs.
The node exists because every two-element claim about the colimit norm below opens with this move — subadditivity and submultiplicativity in 137 — and in Lean it is a two-line obtain that would otherwise be repeated verbatim.
The norm of 135 satisfies the normed-\(*\)-algebra norm axioms on \(\varinjlim _{\mathbf{B}} \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\): for all \(x, y\) in the colimit and all \(c \in \mathbb {C}\),
The first five clauses are exactly the fields of a RingNorm on the colimit: map_zero’ and neg’ are inherited from AddGroupSeminorm through RingSeminorm, add_le’ and mul_le’ are subadditivity and submultiplicativity, and eq_zero_of_map_eq_zero’ is positive definiteness. So proving them is building the RingNorm, whence a NormedRing structure by RingNorm.toNormedRing. Absolute homogeneity is listed separately because it is not a RingNorm field at all — a RingNorm knows nothing about the scalars — and its only role is to supply the norm_smul_le field of NormedSpace \(\mathbb {C}\) over the NormedRing structure just obtained.
All six clauses are gathered into one node because in Lean they are the fields of a single NormedRing plus NormedSpace \(\mathbb {C}\) instance and each is about two lines of the same transport argument; separating them would be over-decomposition.
The RingNorm detour is not bureaucracy: NormedRing bundles a MetricSpace, and there is no metric on the colimit quotient until this norm provides one, so NormedRing cannot even be stated first and then filled in field by field. The order is forced: build the bare function (135), prove the RingNorm fields, and only then obtain NormedRing and NormedSpace \(\mathbb {C}\) from it.
\(*\)-invariance \(\| x^{*}\| = \| x\| \) is deliberately not listed. It is not an independent obligation: once the C*-inequality of 139 is available, CStarRing.to_normedStarGroup produces the NormedStarGroup instance, and \(\| x^{*}\| = \| x\| \) with it.
Every clause is transport along a representative, which is why they share a node. For the two binary clauses take a common diamond \(\mathbf{B}\) and representatives \(a, b \in \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) with \(x = \iota _{\mathbf{B}}(a)\), \(y = \iota _{\mathbf{B}}(b)\) by 136; for the unary clauses one representative suffices. Since \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}\) is a unital \(\mathbb {C}\)-algebra homomorphism (the Algebra instance recorded at the start of this subsection), \(0\), \(-x\), \(c \cdot x\), \(x + y\) and \(xy\) are \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}(0)\), \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}(-a)\), \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}(c \cdot a)\), \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}(a+b)\) and \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}(ab)\).
Rewriting every colimit norm as a \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\)-norm with 135 then reduces the clauses to norm_zero, norm_neg, norm_add_le, norm_mul_le and norm_smul in the C*-algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) (131).
Positive definiteness is the one clause with content beyond transport, and it is where Axiom 2(a) is spent. From \(\| x\| = 0\) and 135 we get \(\| a\| = 0\), hence \(a = 0\) by norm_eq_zero in \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\); the step from \(a = 0\) to \(x = 0\) is injectivity of \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}\), which is DirectLimit.mk_injective applied with Axiom 2(a) (132).
Assembling the RingNorm and feeding it to RingNorm.toNormedRing, then adding homogeneity as norm_smul_le, is one term each.
The colimit of the local algebras \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) (131) along the isotony family of Axiom 2 (132), taken over the upward-directed Alexandrov diamonds (88), carries a well-defined normed \(*\)-algebra structure over \(\mathbb {C}\). Explicitly it supplies, on the colimit, a NormedRing structure, a StarRing structure, a NormedAlgebra \(\mathbb {C}\) structure and a StarModule \(\mathbb {C}\) structure.
Assemble. The \(*\)-algebra structure over \(\mathbb {C}\) is supplied by Mathlib’s DirectLimit instances, recorded at the start of this subsection and found by typeclass inference once 134 is in place; 135 supplies the norm function; 137 supplies the axioms that norm satisfies, in the assembled form NormedRing plus NormedSpace \(\mathbb {C}\). The NormedAlgebra \(\mathbb {C}\) structure asserted above is exactly that NormedSpace \(\mathbb {C}\) together with the Algebra \(\mathbb {C}\) instance from DirectLimit: NormedAlgebra has no field beyond Algebra other than norm_smul_le, which is the NormedSpace field. It is stated in the NormedAlgebra form here because that is what 140 consumes downstream. Bundling them is the normed \(*\)-algebra structure.
The StarModule \(\mathbb {C}\) field, \((c \cdot x)^{*} = \bar{c} \cdot x^{*}\), is explicitly part of what this node supplies, and it costs nothing: it is the StarModule \(\mathbb {C}\) (DirectLimit G f) instance (autogenerated name DirectLimit.instStarModule), found by typeclass inference from the corresponding StarModule \(\mathbb {C}\) structure on each local algebra. It is listed because downstream it is a required field of CStarAlgebra, and on the completion side (142) the analogous field is not free.
Nothing is claimed here about the involution being isometric, and nothing needs to be: \(\| x^{*}\| = \| x\| \) comes free from the C*-inequality (139) through CStarRing.to_normedStarGroup.
The normed \(*\)-algebra of 138 satisfies
for every \(x\) in the colimit.
Only this inequality is asserted, because it is literally the single field norm_mul_self_le of Mathlib’s CStarRing class, so establishing it is establishing the CStarRing instance. The familiar equality \(\| x^{*}x\| = \| x\| ^{2}\) then comes back for free from CStarRing.norm_star_mul_self, and \(*\)-invariance \(\| x^{*}\| = \| x\| \) from CStarRing.to_normedStarGroup; neither needs a proof of its own. The colimit is still not a C*-algebra: it is in general not complete.
A single element is involved, so no directedness is needed here. Pick a representative \(a \in \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) of \(x\). Then \(x^{*}x\) has the representative \(a^{*}a\) in the same \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\), since the involution acts on representatives by DirectLimit.star_def, and by 135 the colimit norms of \(x\) and \(x^{*}x\) are the norms of \(a\) and \(a^{*}a\) there. So the claim reduces to \(\| a\| \, \| a\| \le \| a^{*}a\| \) in \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\), which is the CStarRing instance carried by the local algebras (131), available as CStarRing.norm_mul_self_le.
The remaining results of this subsection have nothing to do with the quasilocal setting and are stated for an arbitrary normed \(*\)-algebra, as their titles already claim; they are applied to the colimit only in 147. Their common hypotheses are collected once, as a node of their own so that each of them can cite it:
Throughout the remainder of this subsection, \(A\) denotes a type carrying
a NormedRing A structure,
a StarRing A structure,
a NormedAlgebra \(\mathbb {C}\) A structure,
a StarModule \(\mathbb {C}\) A structure, i.e. \((c \cdot a)^{*} = \bar{c} \cdot a^{*}\), and
a CStarRing A instance, i.e. the C*-inequality \(\| a\| \, \| a\| \le \| a^{*}a\| \).
We write \(\widehat{A} = \texttt{UniformSpace.Completion } A\) for its completion and \(\eta : A \to \widehat{A}\) for the canonical map, which has dense range by UniformSpace.Completion.denseRange_coe.
Two remarks on the shape of this hypothesis list. First, no isometry hypothesis is imposed on \(\star _A\): \(\| a^{*}\| = \| a\| \) follows from the C*-inequality, because CStarRing.to_normedStarGroup produces the NormedStarGroup A instance from it. Second, StarModule \(\mathbb {C}\) A and NormedAlgebra \(\mathbb {C}\) A are listed explicitly because they are genuinely used downstream and are not consequences of the others: the StarModule \(\mathbb {C}\) \(\widehat{A}\) obligation of 142 reduces, on the dense range of \(\eta \), to star_smul in \(A\), which is exactly the StarModule \(\mathbb {C}\) A field, and 145 needs an Algebra \(\mathbb {C}\) A to complete. Both are supplied for the colimit by 138, so instantiating at the quasilocal case in 147 costs nothing extra.
Why this development exists at all. There is no C*-completion construction anywhere in Mathlib: no enveloping C*-algebra, no universal C*-algebra of a \(*\)-algebra, no full or reduced group C*-algebra. This was confirmed by a sweep of all 44 files of Analysis/CStarAlgebra/. The single C*-norm construction present there is Unitization, and it is not a usable template, because it builds its norm from the left regular representation — a fundamentally different technique from completing a given C*-norm. So the results of this subsection have to be proved rather than cited. The compensation, established by the same audit and recorded node by node below, is that each of them is short: the recurring move is UniformSpace.Completion.induction_on together with isClosed_eq or isClosed_le, pushing the claim through norm_coe, coe_mul, coe_add and coe_smul to the corresponding law on \(A\).
Let \(A\) be as in 140. Define the involution on \(\widehat{A}\) by
This is legitimate because \(\star _A\) is an isometry — which is not assumed but obtained from the C*-inequality on \(A\) via CStarRing.to_normedStarGroup — hence uniformly continuous by Isometry.uniformContinuous, and UniformSpace.Completion.map lifts any uniformly continuous map to the completions. It is uniformly continuous, satisfies \(\eta (a)^{*} = \eta (a^{*})\) by UniformSpace.Completion.map_coe, and is the unique continuous map with that property by UniformSpace.Completion.map_unique.
Why this is by hand, and only here. For the completion the involution really does have to be written down, and Mathlib supplies nothing to start from. An audit against the local Mathlib clone found zero occurrences of Star, InvolutiveStar or StarRing on UniformSpace.Completion: the files checked were Topology/Algebra/UniformRing.lean, Topology/UniformSpace/Completion.lean, Topology/Algebra/GroupCompletion.lean, Analysis/Normed/Group/Completion.lean and all of Algebra/Star/. The ring and norm structure, by contrast, is free: the instance is UniformSpace.Completion.instNormedRing, an auto-generated but perfectly citable name for the anonymous instance [SeminormedRing A] : NormedRing (Completion A) of Analysis/Normed/Module/Completion.lean:75. Note its hypothesis: SeminormedRing, with no commutativity. That is worth holding next to the trap recorded in 145, where the analogous NormedAlgebra instance in the same file is commutativity-gated and therefore does not fire. So the involution and its axioms are the whole of what this node and 142 have to build. This is in contrast to the colimit, where Mathlib’s DirectLimit does supply Star and StarRing instances — recorded at the start of this subsection — and nothing has to be built at all.
The right tool, and the wrong one. The tool to use is UniformSpace.Completion.map, characterised on the canonical image by UniformSpace.Completion.map_coe as above. What must not be used is UniformSpace.Completion.mapRingHom, even though it looks like the natural fit: it transports a ring homomorphism to the completions, and \(\star \) is anti-multiplicative, not multiplicative, so it is not a ring homomorphism \(A \to A\) and does not typecheck as input. If a bundled-morphism formulation is wanted anyway, the opposite-algebra dodge is available — read \(\star \) as a ring homomorphism \(A \to A^{\mathrm{op}}\) — and it is supported, since MulOpposite carries a CStarAlgebra instance (MulOpposite.instCStarAlgebra). That is an optional convenience, not a requirement: the unbundled map route above suffices.
Why the continuity side goals are free, recorded once for the whole block. UniformSpace.Completion.uniformContinuous_map, UniformContinuous (Completion.map f), is unconditional — it needs no hypothesis on \(f\) whatsoever, not even uniform continuity — and it is tagged @[fun_prop], as is its corollary UniformSpace.Completion.continuous_map (both in Topology/UniformSpace/Completion.lean, lines 480–486). Consequently every continuity side goal raised by an isClosed_eq or isClosed_le in this subsection — and each of 142 and 144 raises at least one — is discharged by fun_prop in a single line. This is the fact that makes the four-lines-per-obligation estimate quoted throughout this block real rather than optimistic; Mathlib’s own norm_mul_le field for the completion is written in exactly that style and is four lines long.
Let \(A\) be as in 140. Then the operation \(\star _{\widehat{A}}\) of 141 is involutive, additive, anti-multiplicative and conjugate-linear over \(\mathbb {C}\),
for \(x, y \in \widehat{A}\) and \(c \in \mathbb {C}\); that is, \(\widehat{A}\) carries a StarRing \(\widehat{A}\) instance together with a StarModule \(\mathbb {C}\) \(\widehat{A}\) instance. The canonical map \(\eta : A \to \widehat{A}\) is then a \(*\)-homomorphism with dense range, and the extension is the unique continuous one.
All four laws are collected in this one node because they share a single proof skeleton — UniformSpace.Completion.induction_on plus isClosed_eq plus the characterisation \(\eta (a)^{*} = \eta (a^{*})\) of 141 — and differ only in which coercion lemma and which component law of \(A\) are cited at the end. That they end up bundled into two different typeclass instances, StarRing \(\widehat{A}\) and StarModule \(\mathbb {C}\) \(\widehat{A}\), is a packaging detail and not a reason to split the mathematical content across nodes.
Four component laws are asserted, and they are proved as four standalone named lemmas, not as inline field bodies: call them Completion.star_star’, Completion.star_add’, Completion.star_mul’ and Completion.star_smul’. Each is about four lines by one shared skeleton. Both sides of the law are continuous in their arguments, by continuity of \(\star _{\widehat{A}}\) (141) together with continuity of the relevant operation on the normed ring \(\widehat{A}\); so the locus where they agree is closed by isClosed_eq — whose continuity side goals are the fun_prop one-liners recorded in 141 — and UniformSpace.Completion.induction_on (in its \({}_2\) form for the two-variable laws) reduces the claim to the canonical image. There the characterisation \(\eta (a)^{*} = \eta (a^{*})\) of 141 (UniformSpace.Completion.map_coe) applies, and the four differ only in which coercion lemma and which component law of \(A\) are cited afterwards:
star_star’: star_star in \(A\);
star_add’: UniformSpace.Completion.coe_add then star_add in \(A\);
star_mul’: UniformSpace.Completion.coe_mul then star_mul in \(A\);
star_smul’: UniformSpace.Completion.coe_smul, giving \(c \cdot \eta (a) = \eta (c \cdot a)\), then star_smul in \(A\) — which is exactly the StarModule \(\mathbb {C}\) A hypothesis of 140, and the reason that hypothesis is on the list.
The two instances are then assembled from those named lemmas by two one-line wheres: StarRing \(\widehat{A}\) from the first three, StarModule \(\mathbb {C}\) \(\widehat{A}\) from the fourth. Writing the four out as lemmas rather than inlining them as field bodies is what keeps each piece at the four-line size; the assembly itself carries no content. Note that multiplication on \(\widehat{A}\) is continuous but not uniformly continuous, so the anti-multiplicativity step is genuinely a continuity-plus-density argument and not a uniform-extension one; the skeleton above is chosen for that reason. Mathlib’s own norm_mul_le field for UniformSpace.Completion.instNormedRing is written in precisely this style — induction_on\({}_2\), then isClosed_le discharged by fun_prop, then simpa only [\(\leftarrow \) coe_mul, norm_coe] — and is four lines long, so it is the in-tree template for every obligation in this block. The ring and norm structure on \(\widehat{A}\) is that same instNormedRing (141), found by typeclass inference; that \(\eta \) commutes with \(\star \) and has dense range, and that the extension is the unique continuous one, are recorded in 141.
Isometry of \(\star _{\widehat{A}}\) is deliberately not part of the statement and needs no density argument of its own: once \(\widehat{A}\) carries the C*-inequality (144) the NormedStarGroup \(\widehat{A}\) instance, and with it \(\| x^{*}\| = \| x\| \), is produced by CStarRing.to_normedStarGroup.
Let \(A\) be as in 140. Then the canonical map \(\eta : A \to \widehat{A}\) is a unital \(*\)-algebra homomorphism over \(\mathbb {C}\), and can be bundled as a term of StarAlgHom \(\mathbb {C}\) \(A\) \(\widehat{A}\).
Every law needed is already available unbundled; the content of this node is that the bundling has to be done by hand, and it is worth a node precisely so that the fact is not mistaken for a citation. Mathlib supplies the coercion only as a ring homomorphism, UniformSpace.Completion.coeRingHom; there is no coeStarAlgHom, and no algebra-homomorphism counterpart either, anywhere in the completion files audited in 140. So map_one, map_mul, map_add come from coeRingHom, and the two remaining fields are supplied individually. The first is the AlgHom field, and its name matters: StarAlgHom \(\mathbb {C}\) extends AlgHom, whose scalar field is commutes’ — agreement of the map with the two algebraMaps — and not map_smul. It discharges essentially by rfl from the definition of UniformSpace.Completion.algebra, whose smul_def’ field already characterises the scalar action through \(\eta \circ \texttt{algebraMap}\); the unbundled coercion law \(c \cdot \eta (a) = \eta (c \cdot a)\), UniformSpace.Completion.coe_smul, is what backs it if the rfl does not fire. The second is map_star, which is the characterisation \(\eta (a)^{*} = \eta (a^{*})\) of 141, which 142 records as part of making \(\eta \) a \(*\)-homomorphism. Assembling those five fields into a StarAlgHom is a single anonymous-constructor term.
This node is stated for a general \(A\) rather than only for the colimit because that is the generality at which it is true and at which the rest of this block is written; its consumer is 153, which needs a bundled morphism and would otherwise have to inline this assembly.
Let \(A\) be as in 140. Then \(\widehat{A}\) satisfies
for all \(x \in \widehat{A}\); that is, \(\widehat{A}\) carries a CStarRing instance.
Again only the inequality is asserted, since it is exactly the norm_mul_self_le field of CStarRing and hence all there is to prove. The equality \(\| x^{*}x\| = \| x\| ^{2}\) follows from it by CStarRing.norm_star_mul_self, and \(\| x^{*}\| = \| x\| \) by CStarRing.to_normedStarGroup.
Routine, not hard, and worth saying why. CStarRing is a Prop-valued class with exactly one field, norm_mul_self_le : \(\forall \, x,\ \| x\| * \| x\| \le \| x^{\star } * x\| \) (Analysis/CStarAlgebra/Basic.lean:89). That field is a non-strict inequality between two continuous real-valued functions of the single variable \(x\), so it transports to the completion in about four lines: the locus where it holds is closed by isClosed_le, and UniformSpace.Completion.induction_on reduces the goal to the canonical image.
On the canonical image it is the C*-inequality of \(A\): \(\eta \) is a ring and \(*\)-homomorphism (142) and is norm preserving by UniformSpace.Completion.norm_coe, so \(\| \eta (a)^{*}\eta (a)\| = \| \eta (a^{*}a)\| = \| a^{*}a\| \ge \| a\| \, \| a\| = \| \eta (a)\| \, \| \eta (a)\| \). Continuity of the two sides is the same package as elsewhere: the involution is continuous by 142, and multiplication and the norm are continuous on a normed ring.
Two consequences worth recording. First, isometry of the involution on \(\widehat{A}\) is not a separate obligation anywhere in this block: it follows from this inequality through CStarRing.to_normedStarGroup (Basic.lean:114). Second, CStarRing does not itself require completeness — its hypotheses are only NonUnitalNormedRing and StarRing — which is why the same inequality is available on the colimit before completing, as 139 asserts.
Let \(A\) be as in 140. Then \(\widehat{A}\) carries a NormedAlgebra \(\mathbb {C}\) \(\widehat{A}\) instance.
This node exists to work around one specific trap, and the trap is the whole of its content. Mathlib does have a NormedAlgebra instance on a completion (Analysis/Normed/Module/Completion.lean:87), but it is gated on SeminormedCommRing A — commutative — so it does not fire here: \(A\) is noncommutative in every case of interest. Without noticing this one would expect the instance for free and discover at formalization time that typeclass inference simply fails to find it.
Supplying it by hand is short. NormedAlgebra has exactly one field beyond Algebra, namely norm_smul_le, \(\| c \cdot x\| \le |c|\, \| x\| \); and that field is already available from the NormedSpace instance on the completion of a normed space (line 36 of the same file), which carries no commutativity hypothesis. So the instance is UniformSpace.Completion.algebra together with norm_smul_le borrowed from that NormedSpace instance — a where with a single field.
This is also where scalar-action compatibility would live, if it is needed at all, and the evidence is that it is not. There are two a priori different SMul \(\mathbb {C}\) \(\widehat{A}\) structures in play: the one underlying UniformSpace.Completion.algebra, characterised by its smul_def’ field as \(c \cdot x = \eta (\texttt{algebraMap } c)\, x\), and the one underlying the NormedSpace instance, which extends the scalar action on \(A\). Mathlib’s own commutative NormedAlgebra instance has the body norm_smul_le := norm_smul_le and nothing else: it borrows the NormedSpace field directly, with no agreement argument, and — decisively — never uses the commutativity hypothesis in that body. So the identical body compiles in the noncommutative setting, and this node is three lines. Nothing below is needed; it is recorded only against the remote possibility that the two actions fail to be definitionally equal, in which case the fix is the usual induction_on plus isClosed_eq step: on the canonical image each action sends \(\eta (a)\) to \(\eta (c \cdot a)\), the first by UniformSpace.Completion.coe_mul with Algebra.smul_def in \(A\), the second by UniformSpace.Completion.coe_smul.
For the record, so that none of it is re-proved: what is free on the completion, without commutativity, is UniformSpace.Completion.ring and UniformSpace.Completion.algebra — both named declarations, in Topology/Algebra/UniformRing.lean — together with UniformSpace.Completion.instNormedRing, the NormedSpace and NormedAddCommGroup instances of Analysis/Normed/Module/Completion.lean, and the norm-preservation lemma UniformSpace.Completion.norm_coe. Those three instances are declared anonymously in the source but carry the usual auto-generated names and can be cited by them; and none is commutativity-gated — instNormedRing asks only for SeminormedRing A, and the NormedSpace instance only for a seminormed additive group with a scalar action. It is precisely and only the NormedAlgebra instance twelve lines further down the same file that adds SeminormedCommRing, which is what makes this node necessary.
Let \(A\) be as in 140. Then its completion \(\widehat{A}\) is a C*-algebra.
Pure bundling, and the audit confirms it is literally that: CStarAlgebra is declared as class CStarAlgebra (A : Type*) extends NormedRing A, StarRing A, CompleteSpace A, CStarRing A, NormedAlgebra \(\mathbb {C}\) A, StarModule \(\mathbb {C}\) A with an empty body (Analysis/CStarAlgebra/Classes.lean:30-42). It adds no field of its own beyond its parents, so once the parents below are in place this node is a where with an essentially empty body. Exactly those six parents are supplied for \(\widehat{A}\):
NormedRing \(\widehat{A}\): found by typeclass inference, and citable by name as UniformSpace.Completion.instNormedRing (Analysis/Normed/Module/Completion.lean:75), whose only hypothesis is SeminormedRing A — no commutativity, unlike the NormedAlgebra instance in the same file that forces 145 to exist. Note that multiplication on \(A\) is not uniformly continuous — only uniformly continuous on bounded sets — so it is extended as a bounded bilinear map rather than by uniform continuity, which is exactly what that instance arranges.
StarRing \(\widehat{A}\): 142.
CompleteSpace \(\widehat{A}\): nothing to prove — this is the ambient CompleteSpace instance that comes with the completion, UniformSpace.Completion.completeSpace, not an obligation of this node.
CStarRing \(\widehat{A}\): 144.
NormedAlgebra \(\mathbb {C}\) \(\widehat{A}\): 145.
StarModule \(\mathbb {C}\) \(\widehat{A}\): 142, which supplies this instance alongside the StarRing one above — the conjugate-linearity law is one of the four it establishes.
The StarModule field was missing from an earlier version of this node; it is listed here so that the obligation is not discovered only at formalization time.
The completion of the normed \(*\)-algebra of 138 is a C*-algebra.
This node is where the general completion results are instantiated at the colimit. Take \(A\) to be the normed \(*\)-algebra of 138. Its NormedRing, StarRing, NormedAlgebra \(\mathbb {C}\) and StarModule \(\mathbb {C}\) structures are exactly what that lemma supplies, and the remaining hypothesis of 140, the C*-inequality, is 139. So 146 applies to \(A\) verbatim, and the claim is that lemma applied to it. In particular isometry of the involution is not a separate assumption to discharge: it comes from the same inequality through CStarRing.to_normedStarGroup.
Two matters of project bookkeeping attach to 147 but are not part of its proof, and are therefore recorded here as surrounding prose rather than inside it.
Uniqueness of the complete C*-norm: deliberately not claimed. An earlier version of that node also asserted that the resulting C*-norm is the only complete C*-norm on the carrier, citing Mathlib’s StarAlgEquiv.norm_map, lemma norm_map (\(\varphi \) : F) (a : A) : \(\| \varphi a\| = \| a\| \). That citation does not support the claim. StarAlgEquiv.norm_map is about a \(*\)-isomorphism \(\varphi \) between two types, each already carrying its own C*-algebra structure; it says such a map is isometric, with no injectivity hypothesis needed. Uniqueness of the complete C*-norm is a statement about one carrier equipped with two CStarAlgebra structures whose underlying ring, star and \(\mathbb {C}\)-algebra structures agree, concluding that the two Norm fields are equal. Getting from the former to the latter needs the identity map to be exhibited as a StarAlgEquiv between two such structures, which in Lean means type synonyms and instance plumbing — real work, not a rewrite. The clause is therefore dropped from the statement of that node and recorded here as prose rather than left as an unbacked assertion; it is available to be added later as a declaration of its own, with the two-structures-on-one-carrier statement written out, if a consumer needs it.
The completeness caveat is worth keeping. The completeness hypothesis is hidden in the word “C*-algebra” and is essential: a \(*\)-algebra can carry more than one C*-norm, so what could be unique is only the complete one. The counterexample is the group \(*\)-algebra \(\mathbb {C}[F_2]\) of the free group on two generators, which carries the distinct full and reduced C*-norms, neither of them complete. An earlier version of this blueprint claimed that any two C*-norms on a \(*\)-algebra coincide, which is that false statement.
This is the Bratteli–Robinson 2.2.6 material that Chapter 6.2 discusses informally. Uniqueness is not a mere technicality there: it is what would make the quasilocal algebra well defined up to isomorphism rather than merely existing, since without it the completion could depend on a choice of norm and different choices could give non-isomorphic C*-algebras. What 147 establishes is existence; the well-definedness reading rests on the prose above.
The construction route is settled: colimit, then completion. The project constructs the quasilocal algebra from the net alone — the directed colimit of the local C*-algebras along the isotony family, followed by completion — which is exactly the chain running from 140 through 147. This is a decision that has been taken, not an option still under consideration, and the reason is physical. The alternative below is rejected.
The rejected alternative, and why it is rejected. The alternative was to realise the quasilocal algebra as a closed \(*\)-subalgebra of an ambient C*-algebra: take the \(*\)-subalgebra generated by the images of the canonical embeddings \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}\) — data that Axiom 3 (149) already assumes — and close it off with StarSubalgebra.topologicalClosure. That description is accurate and the saving would have been real: StarSubalgebra.cstarAlgebra supplies the entire C*-structure as an instance — involution, norm, completeness, the C*-identity, the algebra structure and the StarModule field all at once — so 140, 141, 142, 144, 145 and 146 would all have become unnecessary, with none of the density arguments above written by hand.
It is rejected because of what it presupposes. StarSubalgebra.cstarAlgebra takes an ambient CStarAlgebra A as a hypothesis and equips a closed \(*\)-subalgebra of it with the induced structure; it does not produce a C*-algebra out of nothing. So the shortcut requires an ambient C*-algebra containing isomorphic copies of every local algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) to be given in advance — and there is no physical justification for such an algebra. Nothing in the physics supplies one, nothing says where it would come from, so it cannot be assumed. That is the whole of the argument: the shortcut would have the blueprint assume \(\mathfrak {U}\) rather than construct it from the net, and assuming it has no basis in the physics. The completion chain above starts from the net alone and builds a C*-algebra, discharging the existence claim that 148 makes.
The existing route-2 material in this repository is not invalidated. Physicslib4.AQFT.HaagKastler.dense_adjoin_iUnion_range_\(\iota \) (in QuasilocalIntertwiner.lean) and Physicslib4.exists_starAlgHom_extend_of_dense (in Physicslib4/Analysis/CStarDenseExtend.lean) implement the dense-extension technique and both take the quasilocal algebra as given. Taking it as given is perfectly legitimate for a consumer of the construction: these are downstream results about a quasilocal algebra, not competing constructions of one, and they remain valid verbatim. What the decision changes is only that the blueprint must now also construct such an algebra, which is what the chain above does. Indeed CStarDenseExtend.lean remains the closest worked example in this repository of transporting star-structure across a dense embedding, so it is the reference to read before formalizing the completion nodes above.
Before introducing the next axiom, we must introduce the definition:
Consider the union of all \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\), taken along the isotony family of Axiom 2 (132). This union is a normed *-algebra; taking its completion one obtains a C*-algebra denoted \(\mathfrak {U}\), called the quasilocal algebra.
The union is to be read as a directed colimit, not as a set-theoretic union. This is what Axiom 2’s identity and composition laws buy: with \(\mathbf{B} \mapsto \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) a functor on the inclusion order, and the Alexandrov diamonds upward directed, the local algebras form a directed system and the colimit carries a well-defined \(*\)-algebra structure — the product of \(a_1 \in \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}_1)\) and \(a_2 \in \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}_2)\) is computed in any \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) containing both, and functoriality is exactly what makes the answer independent of that choice. Without the two laws there is no such structure: a bare set-theoretic union of the \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) has no multiplication at all, since elements of different local algebras live in unrelated carriers.
The three supporting results this definition rests on are now declarations of this blueprint rather than appeals to the informal discussion of Chapters 6.1 and 6.2: (i) upward directedness of the Alexandrov diamonds (88), which supplies the containing diamond \(\mathbf{B}\) in the description above; (ii) that the colimit of the directed system is a normed \(*\)-algebra (138); and (iii) that its completion is a C*-algebra (147). All three are formalized. What would pin \(\mathfrak {U}\) down up to isomorphism rather than merely produce it is uniqueness of the complete C*-norm; that is discussed as prose in the passage following 147 and is deliberately not claimed by any declaration here, for the reasons given there.
The colimit-and-completion construction of \(\mathfrak {U}\) is therefore formalized, while the Lean structure continues to take \(\mathfrak {U}\) as given — an ambient C*-algebra together with the canonical embeddings \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}\) and their cocone condition, as recorded in 149. There is no longer any discrepancy between this blueprint’s formalization markings and the Lean, and the construction and the structure are now connected: that connection is made by 152, which produces a quasilocal algebra for the net out of the colimit-and-completion construction, and it is from that theorem that a Haag–Kastler net (160) obtains its canonical \(\mathfrak {U}\). See the formalization note following 147 on the two available construction routes.
Let \(\mathbf{B}_1\) and \(\mathbf{B}_2\) be any two basis elements of the Alexandrov topology on Minkowski spacetime, i.e. any two sets of the form \(I^+(p_1) \cap I^-(q_1)\) and \(I^+(p_2) \cap I^-(q_2)\).
If \(\mathbf{B_1}\) and \(\mathbf{B_2}\) are completely spacelike, then \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B_1})\) and \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B_2})\) commute in the quasilocal algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\), i.e. for any \(a_1\) in \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B_1})\) and \(a_2\) in \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B_2})\) it follows that
in the quasilocal algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\). Here \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}} : \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}) \to \mathfrak {U}\) is the canonical embedding of a local algebra into the quasilocal algebra of 148 — the map into the completion of the union of the local algebras. It is not the unital \(*\)-monomorphism \(i_{\mathbf{B}_1\mathbf{B}_2} : \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}_1) \hookrightarrow \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}_2)\) of Axiom 2 (Isotony), which goes from one local algebra to another and not into \(\mathfrak {U}\).
The two families are required to be compatible: for all basis sets \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2\),
This is the cocone condition making the \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}\) a compatible family on the directed system of Axiom 2 (132), and it is what makes \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}\) well defined on the colimit: an element of \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}_1)\) may be regarded as an element of any larger \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}_2)\), and all such readings must have the same image in \(\mathfrak {U}\). Without it the displayed commutator would depend on which local algebra \(a_1\) and \(a_2\) were viewed in.
Note that the curved counterpart (273) has a different shape: there is no quasilocal algebra in curved spacetime, so commutation is stated inside a common containing algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) using the Axiom 2 embeddings directly, and no \(\iota \) appears.
The next axiom makes use of the following new definition:
The image \(\pi _\omega (a)\) of a self-adjoint member \(a\) of the quasilocal algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\) under a GNS *-homomorphism \(\pi _\omega \) is self-adjoint and thus corresponds to an “observable”. Any “observable” corresponding to such a self-adjoint \(\pi _\omega (a)\) is called a quasilocal observable.
All “observables” are quasilocal observables.
What the quotation marks mean. The quotation marks around “observable” are doing real work and are better explained than left implicit. An “observable” is here a physical primitive: a quantity a physicist can actually measure in the world, an equivalence class of measurement procedures that agree on all outcomes. It is not defined anywhere in this blueprint, and it cannot be, because nothing in the formalism fixes what happens in a laboratory. A quasilocal observable, by contrast, is a mathematical object: by 150 it is an operator \(\pi _\omega (a)\) with \(a\) a self-adjoint element of the quasilocal algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\).
The assertion. This axiom is a bridge principle — the one point in the axiom list at which physical reality is joined to the mathematical formalism. What it asserts is a correspondence between the two sides just distinguished: every physical observable corresponds to a quasilocal observable in the sense of 150.
The direction is the content. The assertion is a one-way inclusion, and which way it runs is precisely what the name “Completeness” records: the formalism is not too small. Nothing a physicist can measure lies outside the quasilocal observables; there is no measurable quantity that the net of local algebras, its quasilocal algebra and their representations fail to account for. The converse — that every quasilocal observable is physically realisable, i.e. that every self-adjoint \(\pi _\omega (a)\) is measured by some actual procedure — is a separate and strictly stronger assertion, and it is not asserted here. It is flagged instead as an open modelling question: whether the formalism is also not too large is not settled by this axiom, and the axioms as stated are consistent with \(\mathfrak {U}\) containing self-adjoint elements answering to no measurement at all.
This is an interpretive postulate, not a mathematical condition. Axioms 1, 2, 3 and 5 (131, 132, 149, 159) are mathematical conditions on a net: each says something checkable about the assignment \(\mathbf{B} \mapsto \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) and its structure maps. This axiom is of a different kind. One of its two sides is not a mathematical object, so the statement relates the formalism to the world rather than constraining the formalism internally, and it is therefore not the sort of statement that can be proved or disproved inside the formalism. Consequently it should have no mathematical consumers: a theorem that appears to need Axiom 4 in fact needs the mathematics it was previously conflated with, namely the existence of the quasilocal algebra (152), not the physical correspondence. What keeps the correspondence tenable in the presence of the larger bicommutants of 162 is 158.
Formalization note. This node previously carried Physicslib4.AQFT.HaagKastler.QuasilocalCompleteness. That was withdrawn, because that Lean definition is a mathematical existence claim about the net — an attempt at 152 — and says nothing whatever about physical observables or their correspondence to quasilocal ones. A faithful encoding of this node now exists, as Physicslib4.AQFT.HaagKastler.ObservableCorrespondence. It takes the physical observables as an abstract primitive, exactly as Axiom 1 (131) takes the assignment algebra as abstract data rather than constructing it, and has three fields: Observable, the type of physical observables, uninterpreted; measure, assigning to each physical observable the element of the quasilocal algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\) that answers it; and isSelfAdjoint_measure, the axiom itself, that every value of measure is self-adjoint. Nothing is thereby proved about the world, which is as it should be for a bridge principle.
The encoding is representation-independent, deliberately. The correspondence lands in the self-adjoint part of \(\mathfrak {U}\) and not in the operators of a fixed GNS representation. Read literally through 150, whose quasilocal observables are operators \(\pi _\omega (a)\), the axiom would make its own truth depend on which state \(\omega \) was chosen, which is unacceptable for a physical primitive. Landing in the algebra removes that dependence, and being a quasilocal observable in every representation is then a theorem rather than an axiom schema indexed by a choice of state: for any \(*\)-representation \(\pi \) of \(\mathfrak {U}\), the operator \(\pi (\texttt{measure}\, o)\) is a quasilocal observable in the sense of 150, which is isQuasilocalObservable_measure.
What the encoding does not assert. Only the one-way inclusion is asserted, consistently with the paragraph above declining the converse as separate and strictly stronger: measure is a bare map and is deliberately not strengthened to an equivalence. Consequently the structure is cheaply inhabited — ObservableCorrespondence.maximal exhibits one instance, taking the self-adjoint elements of \(\mathfrak {U}\) as the observables and the inclusion as measure — and that is correct behaviour for a bridge principle rather than a defect of the encoding, since it is not a surjectivity claim and no such claim is intended. In the same spirit this node should have no mathematical consumers, and that is why 160 does not bundle it: what appeared to need Axiom 4 needed 152 instead.
Every local net (131) satisfying Axiom 2 (132) admits a quasilocal algebra: there exist a C*-algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\) and a family of unital \(*\)-homomorphisms \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}} : \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}) \to \mathfrak {U}\), indexed by the Alexandrov-basis sets, such that each \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}\) is injective, the family satisfies the cocone condition \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}_2} \circ i_{\mathbf{B}_1 \mathbf{B}_2} = \iota _{\mathbf{B}_1}\) for \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2\), and the union of the images of the \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}\) is dense in \(\mathfrak {U}\).
The indexing is essential to the statement and is not a stylistic choice: the family runs over the Alexandrov-basis sets only. Axiom 1 (131) assigns an abstract unital C*-algebra to every subset of spacetime, constrained only at \(\emptyset \), so the algebras attached to non-basis subsets are junk fibres about which the axioms say nothing whatever; no claim is made about them here, and none can be.
It is a theorem, not an axiom. Nothing needs to be assumed here: this existence claim is what the colimit-then-completion chain of this subsection establishes, running from 133 through 147. It is stated as its own node because it is the mathematical content that was previously bundled into Axiom 4 (151) and is what the consumers of that axiom actually needed.
Why this node once pointed at no Lean declaration. It now does, and the history of how it came to is kept here because it is the reason the repairs behind that tag were needed. An earlier version of this node claimed that the statement above is exactly what Physicslib4.AQFT.HaagKastler.QuasilocalCompleteness, namely Nonempty (QuasilocalAlgebra U i), asserts, and withdrew the lean and leanfile tags on the ground that the existing Lean stated something else and that something was false. Two independent mismatches in QuasilocalAlgebra.lean were diagnosed here, and both have since been repaired; a third pin, diagnosed nowhere in this blueprint, was found and repaired in the same work. What was wrong and what was done about it are recorded in turn below; none of it is a live obstacle any longer.
The embedding family, fixed as prescribed. The first mismatch was that the family was indexed over all subsets. The field read \(\iota \) : \(\forall \) B : Set StandardMinkowskiSpacetime.Carrier, StarAlgHom \(\mathbb {C}\) (U.algebra B) carrier — total over every subset of spacetime — whereas \(\iota \)_injective and \(\iota \)_inclusion were restricted to the Alexandrov-basis sets. Since LocalNet.algebra is likewise total, the structure demanded a unital \(*\)-homomorphism out of every junk fibre, which the statement above pointedly does not. The field now takes a strict-implicit region argument together with an IsAlexandrovBasisSet hypothesis before returning StarAlgHom \(\mathbb {C}\) (U.algebra B) carrier — the binder shape that \(\iota \)_injective and \(\iota \)_inclusion already used — so all three fields agree on their domain, exactly as this node prescribed.
That over-generality was not harmless: it made the Prop refutable, and the following net is why the restriction was necessary. Take \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}) = \mathbb {C}\) for every Alexandrov-basis set and for \(\emptyset \), with all transition maps the identity, so that Axiom 2(a), (b) and (c) hold; and put \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}_0) = M_2(\mathbb {C})\) for a single non-basis subset \(\mathbf{B}_0\), say a singleton, which is not of the form \(I^+(p) \cap I^-(q)\). For any candidate structure, each \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}\) on a basis set is a \(\mathbb {C}\)-algebra homomorphism out of \(\mathbb {C}\), so its range is \(\mathbb {C}\cdot 1\); the density clause then forces the carrier to be \(\overline{\mathbb {C}\cdot 1} = \mathbb {C}\cdot 1\), while injectivity on basis sets forces it to be nontrivial, so the carrier is \(\mathbb {C}\). But \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}_0} : M_2(\mathbb {C}) \to \mathbb {C}\) is unital and \(M_2(\mathbb {C})\) is simple, so its kernel is \(0\) and it is injective — giving \(4 \le 1\), a contradiction. Hence Nonempty (QuasilocalAlgebra U i) was false for that net. With \(\iota \) now restricted to the basis sets, no embedding of \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}_0)\) is demanded of a candidate structure and the refutation no longer applies; the net is kept on record because it is the reason the restriction was needed, not because it refutes the present Lean.
The carrier universe, fixed — but not by the means this node prescribed. The second mismatch was that the carrier was pinned to Type 0. The field read carrier : Type, while LocalNet.algebra : Set \(\_ \) \(\rightarrow \) Type* is universe polymorphic, so for a net whose local algebras genuinely live in Type 1 no Type 0 carrier could hold injective copies of them and the existence claim failed for size reasons alone. What this node prescribed was carrier : Type*, a free universe, and that prescription does not work: a free carrier universe is constrained by no field of the structure, so it cannot be inferred, and LocalCommutativity fails to elaborate with “failed to infer universe levels”. The only escape would be to give Axioms 3 and 4 an explicit universe parameter, which would make the content of those axioms depend on that index — a family of Props rather than a Prop. What was done instead is to tie the carrier to the net’s universe: the structure now reads QuasilocalAlgebra (U : LocalNet.{u}) with carrier : Type u. That costs no generality, because the density clause forces \(\mathfrak {U}\) to be the closure of the union of the images of the local algebras, so any quasilocal algebra already lives in the universe of those algebras, and a free universe could only add copies of the same algebra higher up.
A third pin, one level up. Fixing the carrier alone would not have lifted the size restriction, and this was found while making the change just described. HaagKastlerNet carried no universe parameter at all, so it pinned the universe of LocalNet outright, and CovariantQuasilocalAlgebra inherited that pin through its net field; repairing only the carrier would therefore have left the very same size restriction one level up, with every net in the development confined to a single fixed universe. Both structures now carry the net’s universe. One consequence is that the two satisfiability witnesses, nonempty_haagKastlerNet and nonempty_covariantQuasilocalAlgebra, are now stated explicitly at universe 0, since they are built from \(\mathbb {C}\); consistency of the axioms needs only one model, so nothing is lost. No pin remains in the construction itself: QuasilocalColimit and QuasilocalCompletion are declared over LocalNet.{u} with result type Type u, so the colimit-and-completion development — colimitNorm, colimitRingNorm, colimitNormedAlgebra, colimitCStarRing and quasilocalCompletionCStarAlgebra, that is, the \(\mathfrak {U}\) that 147 supplies — is available at every universe.
The node is now formalized, as Physicslib4.AQFT.HaagKastler.exists_quasilocalAlgebra, the assembly together with all six supporting results — 143 above and the five embedding lemmas stated immediately below this node, 153, 154, 155, 156 and 157 — having been completed.
One consequence reaches beyond this node and is recorded because this is where it was found. 160 used to bundle QuasilocalCompleteness as a field — a mathematical existence claim about the net, carrying Axiom 4’s name rather than stating the bridge principle of 151. That re-pointing has been carried out: the field is gone, and the net’s canonical quasilocal algebra is built from this theorem instead.
Assembly only, and that is the point of stating the five embedding lemmas below separately. Take for \(\mathfrak {U}\) the completion of the directed colimit of the local algebras, a C*-algebra by 147. Take for the family the \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}\) of 153. The three remaining clauses are then exactly 154, 155 and 157, so the proof is one anonymous constructor supplied with the five results just cited. That assembly is exists_quasilocalAlgebra.
The proof just given cites five facts: 147 for the ambient C*-algebra, and four for the embeddings and their density. Five embedding lemmas are recorded here, immediately after their only consumer, each as a node of its own rather than as a step buried inside an oversized proof; the fifth, 156, is not one of the four cited above and serves the theorem only through 157. Throughout, \(\mathfrak {U}\) denotes the completion of \(\varinjlim _{\mathbf{B}} \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) and \(\eta \) the coercion of the colimit into that completion, as in 140.
For each Alexandrov-basis set \(\mathbf{B}\) the composite
is a unital \(*\)-algebra homomorphism over \(\mathbb {C}\), bundled as a term of StarAlgHom \(\mathbb {C}\) \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) \(\mathfrak {U}\).
Both factors are bundled unital \(*\)-algebra homomorphisms, and the composite is their StarAlgHom.comp. For \(\eta \) this is 143, applicable because the colimit satisfies the standing hypotheses of 140 — which is exactly what 147 checks. For the colimit insertion, the passage preceding 135 records that DirectLimit.Algebra.of is a unital \(\mathbb {C}\)-algebra homomorphism supplied by Mathlib, and its one missing StarAlgHom field, map_star, holds by definition of the involution on the colimit, DirectLimit.star_def, which sends the class of \(\langle \mathbf{B}, a \rangle \) to the class of \(\langle \mathbf{B}, a^{*} \rangle \).
For every Alexandrov-basis set \(\mathbf{B}\) the map \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}\) of 153 is injective.
A composite of two injections. The colimit insertion is injective by DirectLimit.mk_injective, whose hypothesis is injectivity of every transition map, i.e. Axiom 2(a) (132); this is the citation already recorded in the itemized list preceding 135. The coercion \(\eta \) into the completion is injective because it is an isometry, UniformSpace.Completion.coe_isometry — equivalently by UniformSpace.Completion.norm_coe together with positive definiteness of the colimit norm (137).
For Alexandrov-basis sets \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2\) and every \(a \in \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}_1)\),
where \(i_{\mathbf{B}_1\mathbf{B}_2}\) is the isotony embedding of Axiom 2 (132).
The corresponding identity for the colimit insertions is DirectLimit.Algebra.of_f, the compatibility of the insertions with the transition maps of the directed system. Applying \(\eta \) to both sides — a congrArg — gives the claim for the composites \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}\) of 153.
Every element of \(\varinjlim _{\mathbf{B}} \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) is of the form \(\texttt{DirectLimit.Algebra.of}\, (a)\) for some Alexandrov diamond \(\mathbf{B}\) and some \(a \in \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\); equivalently, the union of the ranges of the insertions, taken over the diamonds, is the whole colimit.
This is the step that the earlier one-paragraph proof of 152 used without citing anything, which is why it is now a node. It is a direct Mathlib citation, and about two lines. Given \(x\), DirectLimit.exists_eq_mk, which asserts that every \(z\) in DirectLimit F f is the quotient class of some pair \(\langle i, x \rangle \), produces an index \(\mathbf{B}\) and an \(a \in \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) with \(x\) the class of \(\langle \mathbf{B}, a \rangle \); and DirectLimit.Algebra.of is definitionally that class — its toFun field is literally the map sending \(x\) to the class of \(\langle i, x \rangle \) — so the rewrite is DirectLimit.Algebra.of_apply, available because of is tagged @[simps]. That lemma lives in the same namespace and file as the DirectLimit.exists_eq_mk\({}_2\) that 136 already cites as Mathlib’s, and one could equally specialise the latter by taking both elements to be \(x\); the one-element form is the direct citation and is preferred.
The node survives as a node rather than being inlined because 157 is its consumer and reads better citing it, and because the fact is worth stating separately: it is what identifies the range of the colimit insertions with the whole colimit, which is the pivot of the density argument.
The union of the ranges of the \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}\) of 153, taken over the Alexandrov-basis sets, is dense in \(\mathfrak {U}\).
The range of \(\eta \) is dense in the completion, UniformSpace.Completion.denseRange_coe. By 156 that range is the image under \(\eta \) of the union of the ranges of the colimit insertions, which is the union of the ranges of the \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}\); so the two sets coincide and the density transfers. A dense subset of a dense set being dense is Dense.mono applied to the resulting inclusion of closures.
Let \(\pi \) be a unital \(*\)-representation of the quasilocal algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\) on a Hilbert space \(H\). Then the image \(\pi (\mathfrak {U})\) is dense in its bicommutant \(\pi (\mathfrak {U})''\) in the strong operator topology.
Unitality is the hypothesis that does the work and it is stated directly rather than derived from a stronger one. It is essential, not decorative: for the zero representation \(\pi = 0\) on a nonzero \(H\) the image \(\pi (\mathfrak {U}) = \{ 0\} \) is already strongly closed while \(\pi (\mathfrak {U})'' = \mathbb {C}\cdot 1\), so density fails outright. The case of interest here is the GNS representation \(\pi _\omega \) attached to a state \(\omega \) (13, 15), which is unital because \(\mathfrak {U}\) is a unital C*-algebra and \(\omega \) a state; but the theorem holds for any unital \(*\)-representation, and stating it for the GNS one only would be assuming more than the density theorem needs. Below, \(\pi _\omega \) is written wherever the GNS case is the one being discussed.
Its role: this is what makes the bridge principle tenable. The observables of a region are read off from the local von Neumann algebra \(R(\mathbf{B}) = \pi _\omega (\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}))''\) of 162, and a bicommutant is in general strictly larger than the image it is formed from. The statement above is about the global bicommutant \(\pi _\omega (\mathfrak {U})''\), and it covers the local ones because \(\pi _\omega (\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})) \subseteq \pi _\omega (\mathfrak {U})\) and taking commutants reverses inclusions twice over, so \(R(\mathbf{B}) \subseteq \pi _\omega (\mathfrak {U})''\) for every \(\mathbf{B}\). Taken naively, the strictness looks like a refutation of Axiom 4 (151): the bicommutant would contain self-adjoint operators that are not quasilocal observables, hence physical observables outside the quasilocal ones. This node is what blocks that reading. Every element of the bicommutant is approximated in the strong topology by elements of \(\pi _\omega (\mathfrak {U})\), and strong convergence implies convergence of all the expectation values \(\langle \psi , T \psi \rangle \) that a measurement can return — the implication runs this way and not the other, since the strong topology is strictly finer than the weak one in which those expectation values converge — so no measurement of finite precision can distinguish an element of the bicommutant from a quasilocal observable close to it. The extra elements are therefore not new measurable quantities, and their existence does not falsify the identification of physical observables with quasilocal ones; it refines it. This is the content that Chapter 6.3 argues informally, citing Murphy Lemma 4.1.4: a unital \(*\)-subalgebra of \(\mathcal{B}(H)\) containing the identity is strongly dense in its bicommutant.
One refinement of the argument is worth recording, since it is easy to overstate. The approximants furnished by the density theorem are elements of \(\pi _\omega (\mathfrak {U})\), but they are not guaranteed to be self-adjoint, so the reading “every self-adjoint element of the bicommutant is a strong limit of self-adjoint quasilocal observables” is a strictly stronger claim than the one asserted here. That stronger claim is the Kaplansky density theorem, which additionally preserves self-adjointness and norm bounds. Nothing in the tenability argument above needs it — indistinguishability by expectation values only requires approximants at all — but it is the result to invoke if the self-adjoint form is ever wanted.
\(\pi (\mathfrak {U})\) is a \(*\)-subalgebra of \(\mathcal{B}(H)\) containing the identity, which is exactly the unitality hypothesis, so the claim is Murphy Lemma 4.1.4 applied to it. That lemma is the von Neumann density theorem, and it is not available in Mathlib. This node is therefore left as a stated result of the literature that the discussion of Axiom 4 depends on, deliberately not decomposed further and not formalized.
It is worth being exact about what is missing, because an earlier version of this note got it wrong and the error would cost a formalizer real work. The obstruction is not the absence of the strong operator topology: Mathlib does have it, as PointwiseConvergenceCLM — with notation _ \(\rightarrow \)SL\({}_{\mathrm{pt}}\)[_] _ — whose docstring describes the topology of pointwise convergence as the one “sometimes also called the strong operator topology”, and it has the weak operator topology as ContinuousLinearMapWOT. So the statement of this node is phraseable in Mathlib today, and anyone formalizing it should build on PointwiseConvergenceCLM rather than redevelop the topology. What is genuinely absent is the density theorem itself, and with it the Kaplansky density theorem: Mathlib has the double commutant property of the bundled von Neumann algebra structure (VonNeumannAlgebra.commutant_commutant), which says \(M'' = M\) for an algebra already known to be a von Neumann algebra and is not a density result, and topological closures of star subalgebras in a normed algebra (StarSubalgebra.topologicalClosure), which is the norm topology and hence the wrong one. Supplying the missing theorem is a development of its own — the interaction of the strong topology with commutants — and outside the scope of this axiom subsection.
Let \(\mathbf{B}\) be any basis element of the Alexandrov topology on Minkowski spacetime, i.e. any set of the form \(I^+(p) \cap I^-(q)\).
A member \(L\) of the inhomogeneous Lorentz group connected to the identity acts on \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) as follows
where \(L\mathbf{B}\) is the image of the region \(\mathbf{B}\) under the transformation \(L\) and \(\alpha _L\) is a unital *-isomorphism generated by \(L\). The map \(\alpha _L\) is such that (1) for the identity element \(\mathbf{1}\) of the Lorentz group it satisfies
(2) for all appropriate \(a\), \(L\), and \(L'\) it satisfies
and (3) for basis elements \(\mathbf{B}_\iota \subset \mathbf{B}_\kappa \) and the unital *-monomorphism \(i\) of Axiom 2 (Isotony) \(\alpha _L\) commutes with \(i\). In other words the following diagram
commutes.
A Haag-Kastler net on Minkowski spacetime is the bundling of the data of 131 together with the properties of 132, 149, and 159. In the Lean formalization this is a single structure whose fields are the assignment \(\mathbf{B} \mapsto \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) and proofs that this assignment satisfies those three remaining axioms. Theorems about AQFT take an instance of this structure as a hypothesis and invoke each axiom as a projection.
Axiom 4 is deliberately absent from that list, and its absence is worth recording. What the consumers of that axiom actually needed from it was never the physical correspondence but the existence of a quasilocal algebra, and that is now the theorem 152, proved from the Axiom 1 data and Axiom 2 alone. The net’s canonical quasilocal algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\) is accordingly obtained from that theorem rather than from an assumed witness: it is a definition on the structure, not a field of it, so nothing about \(\mathfrak {U}\) is postulated. Axiom 4 proper (151) is a bridge principle with no mathematical consumers, and is encoded separately.
This concludes the presentation of the “sharpened” axioms. As proven in this blog post, these “sharpened” axioms entail the original axioms save Axiom 6 (Primitivity), which is an axiom that we abandon.
These “sharpened” axioms also allow for a straightforward generalization to a set of axioms describing AQFT in curved spacetime, i.e. a set of axioms describing AQFT in a curved spacetime background that is fixed and treated classically. In a subsequent blog post we will detail these axioms.
10.3.2 Einstein Causality
Local commutativity (149) is an algebraic statement about the quasilocal algebra. Its physical content - that spacelike-separated measurements do not interfere - is its operator form: in any representation of the quasilocal algebra, spacelike-separated local observables commute as bounded operators on the Hilbert space.
Let \(\pi \) be any \(*\)-representation of the quasilocal algebra on a Hilbert space \(H\). If \(\mathbf{B}_1, \mathbf{B}_2\) are completely spacelike-separated basis regions, then for all \(a \in \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}_1)\) and \(b \in \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}_2)\) the operators \(\pi (\iota _{\mathbf{B}_1} a)\) and \(\pi (\iota _{\mathbf{B}_2} b)\) commute.
This is the image under \(\pi \) of the local commutativity relation (149); since the GNS representation of any state is such a \(\pi \), spacelike-separated local observables commute on every GNS Hilbert space.
10.3.3 Local von Neumann Algebras
The abstract C*-algebras \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) are a stepping stone; the genuine object of algebraic quantum field theory is the net of von Neumann algebras they generate in a representation. Given a \(*\)-representation \(\pi \) of the quasilocal algebra on a Hilbert space \(H\), the local von Neumann algebra of a region \(\mathbf{B}\) is the bicommutant \(R(\mathbf{B}) = \pi (\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}))''\) of the local observable operators. We model the commutant by the centralizer in \(\mathcal{B}(H)\).
Let \(\pi \) be a \(*\)-representation of the quasilocal algebra on \(H\). The local observable operators of a region \(\mathbf{B}\) are the image \(\pi (\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})) = \{ \pi (\iota _{\mathbf{B}} a) : a \in \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\} \). The local von Neumann algebra \(R(\mathbf{B})\) is the bicommutant \(\pi (\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}))''\).
Let \(S\) be a self-adjoint set of bounded operators on a Hilbert space \(H\), that is, \(x \in S\) implies \(x^* \in S\). Then the bicommutant \(S''\) is a von Neumann algebra: it is a \(*\)-subalgebra of \(\mathcal{B}(H)\), and it is bicommutant-closed, \(S'''' = S''\). This is the general construction that bundles every local algebra below, applied to the self-adjoint set of local observable operators.
The commutant of a self-adjoint set is \(*\)-closed, which is Mathlib’s Set.star_mem_centralizer: if \(T \in S'\) and \(x \in S\), then \(x^* \in S\), so \(T x^* = x^* T\), and taking adjoints gives \(x T^* = T^* x\); hence \(T^* \in S'\). So \(S'\) is itself \(*\)-closed, and the centralizer of any set is a subalgebra of \(\mathcal{B}(H)\) (Mathlib’s Subalgebra.centralizer); combining the two makes \(S'' = (S')'\) a \(*\)-subalgebra. (These two are exactly what \(\mathtt{Physicslib4.GNS.starSubalgebraCentralizer}\) is assembled from. Mathlib’s StarSubalgebra.centralizer is not the right citation: its carrier is the centralizer of the star-closure \(s \cup s^*\), not of \(s\).) For bicommutant-closedness, the triple-commutant collapse \(S''' = S'\) (Mathlib’s Set.centralizer_centralizer_centralizer) gives, on taking one further commutant, \(S'''' = (S''')' = (S')' = S''\).
The local algebra \(R(\mathbf{B})\) is registered as a genuine VonNeumannAlgebra (Mathlib’s bundled structure), not merely a set of operators: it is the bundled algebra supplied by 163 for the self-adjoint set \(S = \pi (\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}))\) of local observable operators (self-adjoint because \(\pi \) and \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}\) are \(*\)-homomorphisms). Its underlying set is the bicommutant \(\pi (\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}))''\) of 162.
For completely spacelike-separated basis regions \(\mathbf{B}_1, \mathbf{B}_2\), the local von Neumann algebras commute: \(R(\mathbf{B}_1) \subseteq R(\mathbf{B}_2)'\).
This is the von Neumann form of Einstein causality (161): elementwise commutation \(\pi (\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}_2)) \subseteq \pi (\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}_1))'\), with the antitonicity of the commutant and the identity \(S''' = S'\) collapsing the iterated commutants. A Haag-Kastler net is thus a net of mutually commuting von Neumann algebras for spacelike regions.
For basis regions \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2\), the local von Neumann algebras are nested: \(R(\mathbf{B}_1) \subseteq R(\mathbf{B}_2)\).
The local observables of \(\mathbf{B}_1\) embed into those of \(\mathbf{B}_2\) via the quasilocal isotony coherence, and the double commutant is monotone.
Phrased on the bundled VonNeumannAlgebra \(R(\mathbf{B})\) with its order \(\le \) and Mathlib’s commutant: for completely spacelike-separated regions \(R(\mathbf{B}_1) \le R(\mathbf{B}_2)'\), and for \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2\), \(R(\mathbf{B}_1) \le R(\mathbf{B}_2)\).
Both reduce to the set-level statements through the coercion \(\uparrow R(\mathbf{B}) = \pi (\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}))''\).
Packaging isotony, the assignment \(\mathbf{B} \mapsto R(\mathbf{B})\) is an order-preserving map from the poset of basis regions (ordered by inclusion) to the von Neumann algebras of \(\mathcal{B}(H)\). This realizes the net as a functor on the inclusion poset: containment of regions is sent to containment of algebras. It is the central object of the algebraic approach.
If \(\Omega \) is cyclic for the local observables of \(\mathbf{B}_1\), then for a spacelike-separated region \(\mathbf{B}_2\) every \(R \in R(\mathbf{B}_2)\) with \(R\Omega = 0\) is zero, so \(\Omega \) is separating for \(R(\mathbf{B}_2)\). In Minkowski spacetime the cyclicity hypothesis is exactly the content of the Reeh-Schlieder theorem, which rests on the spectrum condition; here it is taken as an explicit hypothesis, mirroring the curved-spacetime version where no spectrum condition is available.
The implication is elementary (\(R\) vanishes on the dense set of vectors \(A\Omega \) for \(A\) a local observable of \(\mathbf{B}_1\), since \(R(\mathbf{B}_2)\) commutes with those observables by microcausality, 165).
The separating property phrased on the bundled VonNeumannAlgebra \(R(\mathbf{B}_2)\): with \(\Omega \) cyclic for the local observables of \(\mathbf{B}_1\), every \(R\) in the bundled algebra \(R(\mathbf{B}_2)\) of a spacelike-separated region with \(R\Omega = 0\) is zero.
It reduces to 169 through the coercion \(\uparrow R(\mathbf{B}_2) = \pi (\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}_2))''\).
Locality expressed through the spacelike complement, without attaching any algebra to the unbounded complement: for basis sets \(\mathbf{B}' \subseteq \mathbf{B}^\perp \), the local von Neumann algebra \(R(\mathbf{B}')\) lies in the commutant \(R(\mathbf{B})'\). No local algebra is ever attached to the unbounded complement.
It is a direct repackaging of bundled microcausality (167) through the Galois bridge \(\mathbf{B}' \subseteq \mathbf{B}^\perp \iff \mathbf{B}', \mathbf{B}\) completely spacelike, staying strictly within the physically local (bounded, diamond) regions.
In a covariant representation \(\pi \) of the quasilocal algebra with the operator covariance \(U(L)\, \pi (a)\, U(L)^{-1} = \pi (\beta _L a)\), conjugation by the implementing unitary \(U(L)\) carries the local von Neumann algebra of a region \(\mathbf{B}\) onto that of the Lorentz-transformed region \(L \cdot \mathbf{B}\):
This is the statement that the symmetry group acts geometrically on the net of von Neumann algebras.
The proof rests on three ingredients, all already available: operator covariance (the last clause of 246); the fact that \(\beta _L = \) the covariance action sends \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}))\) onto \(\iota _{L\cdot \mathbf{B}}(\mathfrak {U}(L\cdot \mathbf{B}))\) (from the action-on-generators identity and surjectivity of the covariance equivalence \(\alpha _L\)); and the algebraic fact that conjugation by a unit is a multiplicative automorphism, which therefore commutes with the bicommutant. The reusable core is that a multiplicative automorphism maps the centralizer of a set onto the centralizer of its image, hence maps bicommutants to bicommutants. In particular \(R(\mathbf{B})\) and \(R(L \cdot \mathbf{B})\) are unitarily equivalent (conjugate by \(U(L)\)), so any unitary-conjugation-invariant property of a local von Neumann algebra — such as being a factor — is constant along the Lorentz orbit of a region.
If the local von Neumann algebra \(R(\mathbf{B})\) is a factor (its center \(R(\mathbf{B}) \cap R(\mathbf{B})'\) is exactly the scalars), then so is \(R(L \cdot \mathbf{B})\) for every Lorentz transformation \(L\).
Geometric covariance (172) exhibits \(R(L \cdot \mathbf{B}) = U(L) R(\mathbf{B}) U(L)^{-1}\); conjugation by a unitary is a multiplicative automorphism that carries the center onto the center and fixes the scalars, so it preserves the factor property. Thus being a factor is constant along the Lorentz orbit of a region.
The geometric-covariance set equality is upgraded to a first-class \(*\)-algebra isomorphism of the bundled local von Neumann algebras, \(R(\mathbf{B}) \cong R(L \cdot \mathbf{B})\). It is the restriction of the conjugation \(*\)-automorphism \(T \mapsto U(L) T U(L)^{-1}\) of \(\mathcal{B}(H)\) (Mathlib’s conjStarAlgEquiv, whose adjoint-is-inverse property makes conjugation by a unitary star-preserving) to \(R(\mathbf{B})\), whose image is exactly \(R(L \cdot \mathbf{B})\).
The reusable ingredient is that a \(*\)-automorphism carrying the underlying set of one star-subalgebra onto another restricts to a star-algebra equivalence between them. This makes the unitary equivalence of orbit-related local algebras an explicit transportable object.
10.3.4 Relative Commutants of Nested Local Algebras
The theory of subalgebra inclusions \(R(\mathbf{B}_1) \subseteq R(\mathbf{B}_2)\) is organised around a single object, the relative commutant \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)' \cap R(\mathbf{B}_2)\). It measures how far the smaller algebra fails to fill the larger, and always contains the center of the ambient algebra; its triviality is exactly the irreducibility of the inclusion.
For a representation \(\pi \) of the quasilocal algebra and two basis regions \(\mathbf{B}_1, \mathbf{B}_2\), the relative commutant of the pair is the von Neumann algebra \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)' \cap R(\mathbf{B}_2)\), the intersection of the commutant of the local von Neumann algebra \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)\) with the local von Neumann algebra \(R(\mathbf{B}_2)\). Since VonNeumannAlgebra carries no lattice meet \(\sqcap \), this object is not an abstract infimum but is constructed by hand from the set \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)' \cap R(\mathbf{B}_2)\), which is then its underlying set; that the intersection of two von Neumann algebras is again a von Neumann algebra is the content of 225, applied here to the pair \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)'\), \(R(\mathbf{B}_2)\) (which for \(\mathbf{B}_1 \neq \mathbf{B}_2\) is not a commutant pair, so the commutant-pair form 224 does not suffice here). Accordingly the Lean construction rewrites the intersection as the single commutant \((R(\mathbf{B}_1)'' \cup R(\mathbf{B}_2)')'\) via Set.centralizer_union and closes it under Set.centralizer_centralizer_centralizer. This is the basic object of the theory of subalgebra inclusions \(R(\mathbf{B}_1) \subseteq R(\mathbf{B}_2)\).
For bundled von Neumann algebras \(M \le N\) on \(H\), the commutants reverse the inclusion, \(N' \le M'\).
This is not a lattice primitive: through the coercion \(\uparrow M' = \operatorname {centralizer}(\uparrow M)\) (Mathlib’s coe_commutant) it reduces to the antitonicity of the centralizer, \(S \subseteq T \Rightarrow \operatorname {centralizer}(T) \subseteq \operatorname {centralizer}(S)\) (Set.centralizer_subset), applied to \(\uparrow M \subseteq \uparrow N\).
The relative commutant is contained in the larger algebra, \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)' \cap R(\mathbf{B}_2) \le R(\mathbf{B}_2)\).
As VonNeumannAlgebra has no lattice meet, the order relation \(\le \) is discharged through the coercion to underlying sets, where it is the inclusion \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)' \cap R(\mathbf{B}_2) \subseteq R(\mathbf{B}_2)\), i.e. Set.inter_subset_right.
Every element of the relative commutant commutes with all of \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)\): the underlying set of \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)' \cap R(\mathbf{B}_2)\) is contained in \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)'\), that is \(\uparrow \! \big(R(\mathbf{B}_1)' \cap R(\mathbf{B}_2)\big) \subseteq R(\mathbf{B}_1)'\).
On underlying sets this is Set.inter_subset_left.
When \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2\), the relative commutant contains the center of the ambient algebra: the underlying set of the center \(R(\mathbf{B}_2) \cap R(\mathbf{B}_2)'\) is contained in that of \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)' \cap R(\mathbf{B}_2)\).
Isotony (166) gives \(R(\mathbf{B}_1) \le R(\mathbf{B}_2)\); antitonicity of the commutant (176) then yields \(R(\mathbf{B}_2)' \le R(\mathbf{B}_1)'\), so \(\uparrow R(\mathbf{B}_2)' \subseteq \uparrow R(\mathbf{B}_1)'\). Combined with \(R(\mathbf{B}_2) \subseteq R(\mathbf{B}_2)\) through Set.subset_inter, this lands \(R(\mathbf{B}_2) \cap R(\mathbf{B}_2)'\) inside \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)' \cap R(\mathbf{B}_2)\). Thus the relative commutant of a nested pair always contains the center of the ambient algebra, and is trivial (scalars) exactly when the inclusion is irreducible.
The inclusion \(R(\mathbf{B}_1) \subseteq R(\mathbf{B}_2)\) is irreducible when its relative commutant is trivial, \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)' \cap R(\mathbf{B}_2) = \mathbb {C}\cdot 1\) (the scalar operators). This is the subfactor-theoretic notion of an irreducible inclusion; the relative commutant always contains the scalars, so irreducibility is the statement that it contains nothing more.
If \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2\) and the inclusion \(R(\mathbf{B}_1) \subseteq R(\mathbf{B}_2)\) is irreducible, then the ambient algebra \(R(\mathbf{B}_2)\) is a factor (trivial center).
Indeed the center \(R(\mathbf{B}_2) \cap R(\mathbf{B}_2)'\) is contained in the relative commutant (179), which by irreducibility is the scalars; since the scalars are always central, the center equals the scalars. This connects irreducibility of an inclusion to factoriality of the larger algebra.
The trivial self-inclusion \(R(\mathbf{B}) \subseteq R(\mathbf{B})\) is irreducible if and only if \(R(\mathbf{B})\) is a factor.
The relative commutant of the self-inclusion is \(R(\mathbf{B})' \cap R(\mathbf{B})\), i.e. the center of \(R(\mathbf{B})\) (up to the order of intersection), so its triviality is exactly the factoriality of \(R(\mathbf{B})\). This is the converse-completing companion to 181: irreducibility of the trivial inclusion coincides with factoriality of the algebra.
10.3.5 Irreducibility and Schur’s Lemma
A representation is irreducible when its commutant is trivial: the only operators commuting with every \(\pi (a)\) are scalars. This is the von Neumann (commutant) form of irreducibility. The cornerstone, connecting the commutant to the GNS state, is the topological Schur lemma for a cyclic representation.
A \(*\)-representation \(\pi : A \to \mathcal{B}(H)\) is irreducible if every bounded operator \(T\) commuting with all \(\pi (a)\) is a scalar multiple of the identity, \(T = c \cdot 1\).
Let \(\Omega \) be a cyclic vector for \(\pi \). If \(T\) commutes with every \(\pi (a)\) and the diagonal coefficient \(a \mapsto \langle \Omega , T\, \pi (a)\Omega \rangle \) equals \(c\) times \(a \mapsto \langle \Omega , \pi (a)\Omega \rangle \), then \(T = c \cdot 1\).
The proof is pure Hilbert-space analysis: using the \(*\)-representation property and the commutation relation, every off-diagonal coefficient \(\langle \pi (b)\Omega , (T - c)\, \pi (a)\Omega \rangle \) vanishes, so \((T - c)\) annihilates the dense cyclic orbit and is therefore zero.
In a cyclic representation reproducing a state \(\omega \), an operator \(T\) commuting with all \(\pi (a)\) is a scalar multiple of the identity if and only if its diagonal coefficient \(a \mapsto \langle \Omega , T\, \pi (a)\Omega \rangle \) is a scalar multiple of \(\omega \). This is the precise operator-theoretic bridge to purity: irreducibility (every commutant element is scalar) is exactly the statement that every commutant coefficient is proportional to \(\omega \).
This is the topological Schur lemma (184) read in a cyclic representation reproducing \(\omega \), whose diagonal coefficient of \(\pi \) is \(\omega \) itself.
A state \(\omega \) is pure if every positive linear functional \(\psi \) dominated by \(\omega \) (that is, \(0 \le \psi (a^*a) \le \omega (a^*a)\) for all \(a\)) is a scalar multiple of \(\omega \). This order-theoretic characterization is the extreme-point notion of purity, phrased to avoid convex-combination and normalization bookkeeping.
One direction of the classical equivalence “\(\omega \) pure \(\iff \) GNS representation irreducible” is established below.
If \(\omega \) is pure, then any cyclic representation reproducing \(\omega \) (in particular its GNS representation) is irreducible.
Since the commutant is \(*\)-closed, a commuting operator decomposes into self-adjoint real and imaginary parts; for a self-adjoint commuting \(S\), the affine rescaling \(T = (2(\Vert S\Vert +1))^{-1} S + \tfrac 12\) satisfies \(0 \le T \le 1\), so its coefficient functional \(a \mapsto \langle \Omega , T\, \pi (a)\Omega \rangle \) is positive and dominated by \(\omega \). Purity forces it proportional to \(\omega \), whence \(T\) (and so \(S\), and so the original operator) is a scalar by 185.
The converse, irreducible \(\Rightarrow \) pure, requires the other half of the GNS Radon-Nikodym correspondence: that every dominated positive functional \(\psi \le \omega \) is represented by an operator \(T\) in the commutant, via the bounded sesquilinear form \((\pi (a)\Omega , \pi (b)\Omega ) \mapsto \psi (a^* b)\). The analytic crux is that this form is well-defined and bounded.
For a positive functional \(\psi \) dominated by the state \(\omega \) in its cyclic GNS representation, the form values obey \(\Vert \psi (a^* b)\Vert \le \Vert \pi (a)\Omega \Vert \, \Vert \pi (b)\Omega \Vert \). In particular the form depends only on the GNS vectors \(\pi (a)\Omega , \pi (b)\Omega \), not on the representatives \(a, b\), so it is well-defined on the cyclic subspace.
This follows from the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality for \(\psi \), the domination \(\psi \le \omega \), and the reproducing identity \(\omega (x^* x) = \Vert \pi (x)\Omega \Vert ^2\).
The bounded form of 188 is the inner product of an operator \(T\) on the GNS space: there is a \(T\) with \(\langle \pi (a)\Omega , T\, \pi (b)\Omega \rangle = \psi (a^* b)\), this \(T\) commutes with every \(\pi (c)\), and \(\psi (a) = \langle \Omega , T\, \pi (a)\Omega \rangle \).
Extending the densely-defined bounded form by the Fréchet-Riesz representation and a norm-controlled dense extension yields \(T\) with \(\langle \pi (a)\Omega , T\, \pi (b)\Omega \rangle = \psi (a^* b)\). From this reproducing identity, \(T\) commutes with every \(\pi (c)\) (an adjoint computation on the dense cyclic vectors), and \(\psi (a) = \langle \Omega , T\, \pi (a)\Omega \rangle \) (taking \(a = 1\) in the first slot).
A state \(\omega \) is pure if and only if its cyclic GNS representation is irreducible.
For the converse direction, given a dominated \(\psi \), its Radon-Nikodym operator \(T\) commutes with \(\pi \), so by irreducibility \(T = c \cdot 1\); the reproducing identity then gives \(\psi (a) = c\, \omega (a)\), so \(\psi \) is a scalar multiple of \(\omega \) and \(\omega \) is pure.
Irreducibility has a von Neumann algebraic reading: the representation generates a factor.
The von Neumann algebra \(\pi (A)''\) generated by an irreducible representation has trivial center: an operator lies in the center \(\pi (A)'' \cap (\pi (A)'')'\) if and only if it is a scalar multiple of the identity.
Indeed the center is contained in \((\pi (A)'')' = \pi (A)'\) (the triple commutant collapses to the single one), which irreducibility makes the scalars; conversely scalars are central.
A representation is irreducible if and only if the von Neumann algebra \(\pi (A)''\) it generates is all of \(\mathcal{B}(H)\): \(\pi (A)'' = \mathcal{B}(H)\). This is the density (bicommutant-theorem) form of irreducibility, sharpening the factor statement 191.
For the forward direction, irreducibility makes the commutant \(\pi (A)'\) exactly the scalars, and the centralizer of the scalars is everything (every bounded operator commutes with \(c \cdot 1\)), so \(\pi (A)'' = (\text{scalars})' = \mathcal{B}(H)\). The converse uses that \(\mathcal{B}(H)\) is a central \(\mathbb {C}\)-algebra (its center is the scalars): if the bicommutant is everything, every operator commutes with the commutant, so any operator commuting with \(\pi (A)\) is central, hence scalar.
The von Neumann algebra \(\pi (A)''\) generated by a representation is bundled as a first-class VonNeumannAlgebra (gnsVonNeumannAlgebra); the bundling is 163 applied to the self-adjoint image \(\pi (A)\). For an irreducible representation, this bundled algebra is all of \(\mathcal{B}(H)\): its underlying set is everything, and equivalently it is the greatest von Neumann algebra on \(H\) (every \(S\) satisfies \(S \le \pi (A)''\)). Mathlib’s VonNeumannAlgebra carries no lattice \(\top \), so the literal \(\pi (A)'' = \top \) is phrased at the level of the underlying set together with the greatest-element statement under the existing \(\le \).
For a pure state \(\omega \) there is a cyclic GNS triple \((H, \pi , \Omega )\) reproducing \(\omega \) whose generated von Neumann algebra \(\pi (A)''\) has trivial center, i.e. is a factor.
The density (bicommutant-theorem) sharpening of 194: for a pure state \(\omega \) there is a cyclic GNS triple \((H, \pi , \Omega )\) reproducing \(\omega \) whose generated von Neumann algebra is all of \(\mathcal{B}(H)\), \(\pi (A)'' = \mathcal{B}(H)\).
The order-theoretic definition of purity (186) coincides with the convex-geometric one: \(\omega \) is an extreme point of the state space. The analytic key is the normalization identity for positive functionals.
For a positive linear functional \(\varphi \) on a unital C*-algebra, \(\Vert \varphi \Vert = \mathrm{Re}\, \varphi (1)\). In particular every state satisfies \(\omega (1) = 1\).
The bound \(\mathrm{Re}\, \varphi (1) \le \Vert \varphi \Vert \) is immediate from \(\Vert 1\Vert = 1\); conversely Cauchy-Schwarz with the first slot equal to \(1\) gives \(\Vert \varphi (b)\Vert ^2 \le \mathrm{Re}\, \varphi (1)\cdot \mathrm{Re}\, \varphi (b^* b) \le \mathrm{Re}\, \varphi (1)\cdot \Vert \varphi \Vert \, \Vert b\Vert ^2\), whence \(\Vert \varphi \Vert ^2 \le \mathrm{Re}\, \varphi (1)\cdot \Vert \varphi \Vert \).
A state \(\omega \) is an extreme point of the (convex) state space if it is not a nontrivial convex combination of two distinct states: whenever \(\omega = t\, \omega _1 + (1-t)\, \omega _2\) with \(0 {\lt} t {\lt} 1\) and \(\omega _1, \omega _2\) states, then \(\omega _1 = \omega _2\).
A state \(\omega \) is pure if and only if it is an extreme point of the state space.
If \(\omega \) is pure and \(\omega = t\, \omega _1 + (1-t)\, \omega _2\), then \(t\, \omega _1\) is a positive functional dominated by \(\omega \), hence (by purity) a scalar multiple of \(\omega \); evaluating at \(1\), where every state gives \(1\), pins the scalar to \(t\) and forces \(\omega _1 = \omega = \omega _2\). Conversely, if \(\omega \) is extreme and \(\psi \le \omega \) is dominated, set \(\lambda = \mathrm{Re}\, \psi (1) \in [0,1]\); for \(\lambda \in (0,1)\) the rescaled functionals \(\lambda ^{-1}\psi \) and \((1-\lambda )^{-1}(\omega - \psi )\) are states (normalized via 196) whose convex combination is \(\omega \), so extremality identifies them and forces \(\psi = \lambda \, \omega \); the boundary cases \(\lambda = 0\) and \(\lambda = 1\) give \(\psi = 0\) and \(\psi = \omega \) respectively.
Realizing the state space as the subset \(\mathrm{stateSpace}(A) \subseteq A \to _L \mathbb {C}\) (the latter a real topological vector space via \(\texttt{NormedSpace.complexToReal}\)), it is convex: a real convex combination \(a\, \omega _1 + b\, \omega _2\) of states is again a state, via \(\texttt{State.convexCombo}\). Moreover a state \(\omega \) lies in Mathlib’s \(\mathrm{extremePoints}_{\mathbb {R}}\) of the state space exactly when it is extreme in the sense of 197, connecting the purity characterizations to the Krein-Milman/Choquet API.
Convexity is witnessed by State.convexCombo, which exhibits a real convex combination of two states as a state; the extreme-point bridge is the unfolding of Mathlib’s \(\mathrm{extremePoints}_{\mathbb {R}}\) against 197.
For a unital \(*\)-homomorphism \(\pi : A \to B\) of C*-algebras and a state \(\omega \) on \(B\), the pullback \(\omega \circ \pi \) is the functional \(a \mapsto \omega (\pi (a))\). It is again a state: positivity is the \(*\)-compatibility \(\omega (\pi (a^* a)) = \omega (\pi (a)^*\pi (a)) \ge 0\), and normalization \(\Vert \omega \circ \pi \Vert = 1\) follows from unitality \(\pi (1) = 1\) together with 196. Thus \(A \mapsto \mathrm{State}(A)\) is contravariant in \(A\): a \(*\)-homomorphism \(\pi : A \to B\) induces the pullback \(\mathrm{State}(B) \to \mathrm{State}(A)\).
The pullback is a contravariant functor on C*-algebras: pulling back along the identity \(*\)-homomorphism is the identity (\(\omega \circ \mathrm{id} = \omega \)), and pulling back along a composite reverses order, \(\omega \circ (\pi _2 \circ \pi _1) = (\omega \circ \pi _2) \circ \pi _1\) for \(\pi _1 : A \to B\), \(\pi _2 : B \to C\) and \(\omega \) a state on \(C\).
Both identities are immediate from the defining equation \((\omega \circ \pi )(a) = \omega (\pi (a))\) of the pullback (200), checked pointwise on \(a\).
For a \(*\)-isomorphism \(\Phi : A \simeq B\) of C*-algebras and a state \(\omega \) on \(B\), the pullback \(\omega \circ \Phi \) is pure if and only if \(\omega \) is. This is the cross-algebra generalization of the \(*\)-automorphism case (purity is a covariance invariant); a \(*\)-isomorphism identifies the pure states of \(A\) and \(B\).
A dominated positive functional \(\psi \le \omega \circ \Phi \) transports to \(\psi \circ \Phi ^{-1} \le \omega \), which purity sends to a scalar multiple of \(\omega \); transporting back gives \(\psi \) proportional to \(\omega \circ \Phi \), and the converse follows by applying the same to \(\Phi ^{-1}\) (using \((\omega \circ \Phi )\circ \Phi ^{-1} = \omega \)).
The state space, realized inside the weak-* dual \(\mathrm{WeakDual}\, \mathbb {C}\, A\) as the positive functionals with \(\varphi (1) = 1\), is weak-* compact. This is the analytic input for the existence of pure states via Krein-Milman.
By Banach-Alaoglu it suffices that it is a weak-* closed subset of the closed unit ball: the positivity conditions \(0 \le \varphi (a^* a)\) and the normalization \(\varphi (1) = 1\) are each weak-* closed (evaluation at a fixed element is weak-* continuous), and a positive functional with \(\varphi (1)=1\) has \(\| \varphi \| = 1\).
These equivalences specialize to the quasilocal algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\) of a Minkowski net, where they characterize purity of a global state - the natural setting for the vacuum and other distinguished states.
A state \(\omega \) on the canonical quasilocal algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\) of a Haag-Kastler net is pure if and only if it is an extreme point of the state space of \(\mathfrak {U}\).
This is the abstract equivalence 198 applied to the C*-algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\).
For a state \(\omega \) on the quasilocal algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\) there is a GNS triple \((H, \pi , \Omega )\) reproducing \(\omega \) in which \(\omega \) is pure if and only if the representation \(\pi \) is irreducible.
This combines the GNS construction with the abstract 190.
10.3.6 Unitary Equivalence and Superselection
The comparison of representations is the entry point to superselection theory. For \(*\)-representations \(\pi : A \to \mathcal{B}(H)\) of a C*-algebra — in particular of the quasilocal algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\) or a local algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) — we record three successively coarser notions of sameness (unitary equivalence, quasi-equivalence, and the negation of the finest, disjointness) and the representation-theoretic invariants they preserve.
Two \(*\)-representations \(\pi _1 : A \to \mathcal{B}(H_1)\) and \(\pi _2 : A \to \mathcal{B}(H_2)\) are unitarily equivalent when there is an isometric isomorphism \(U : H_1 \simeq H_2\) of the underlying Hilbert spaces intertwining them: \(U(\pi _1(a)\, x) = \pi _2(a)(U x)\). This is an equivalence relation — reflexive, symmetric, and transitive.
Unitarily equivalent representations share their representation-theoretic type: \(\pi _1\) is irreducible if and only if \(\pi _2\) is, and the generated von Neumann algebra \(\pi _1(A)''\) is a factor if and only if \(\pi _2(A)''\) is.
The transport is packaged through the cross-space conjugation \(T \mapsto U T U^{-1}\), a multiplicative isomorphism \(\mathcal{B}(H_1) \simeq \mathcal{B}(H_2)\) that carries \(\pi _1(A)\) onto \(\pi _2(A)\), centralizers onto centralizers, and scalars onto scalars; irreducibility (commutant equal to the scalars) and factoriality (trivial center of \(\pi (A)''\)) are then preserved.
10.3.7 GNS Covariance
Let \(\pi : B \to \mathcal{B}(H)\) be a \(*\)-representation with cyclic vector \(\Omega \), and let \(\Phi : A \to B\) be a surjective unital \(*\)-homomorphism. Here the pulled-back representation \(\pi \circ \Phi \) of \(A\) is the composite \(*\)-homomorphism (Mathlib’s StarAlgHom.comp), just as the pullback of a state is fixed by 200. Then \(\Omega \) is cyclic for \(\pi \circ \Phi \).
Indeed surjectivity of \(\Phi \) gives \(\{ \pi (\Phi (a))\Omega : a \in A\} = \{ \pi (b)\Omega : b \in B\} \), so the two orbits coincide as sets and density transfers verbatim.
Let \(\Phi : A \simeq B\) be a \(*\)-isomorphism of unital C*-algebras and \(\omega \) a state on \(B\). Let \((H_1, \pi _1, \Omega _1)\) be a cyclic representation of \(A\) reproducing the pullback state \(\omega \circ \Phi \), and \((H_2, \pi _2, \Omega _2)\) a cyclic representation of \(B\) reproducing \(\omega \). Then there is a unitary \(U : H_1 \simeq H_2\) with \(U\Omega _1 = \Omega _2\) intertwining the two representations along \(\Phi \): \(U(\pi _1(a)x) = \pi _2(\Phi (a))(Ux)\) for all \(a \in A\), \(x \in H_1\). In other words the GNS data transports covariantly along an isomorphism of the algebras.
The proof observes that \((H_2, \pi _2 \circ \Phi , \Omega _2)\) is itself a cyclic representation of \(A\) (208, \(\Phi \) being surjective) and that it reproduces \(\omega \circ \Phi \), since \(\langle \Omega _2, \pi _2(\Phi a)\Omega _2\rangle = \omega (\Phi a) = (\omega \circ \Phi )(a)\) by the defining equation of the pullback state. One then applies the uniqueness clause of 15 — in Lean the separate declaration Physicslib4.GNS.gns_unique, not gns_construction — to the two cyclic representations of \(A\) attached to the single state \(\omega \circ \Phi \).
Restated in the language of unitary equivalence. Let \(\Phi : A \simeq B\) be a \(*\)-isomorphism of unital C*-algebras and \(\omega \) a state on \(B\); let \((H_1, \pi _1, \Omega _1)\) be a cyclic representation of \(A\) reproducing \(\omega \circ \Phi \) and \((H_2, \pi _2, \Omega _2)\) a cyclic representation of \(B\) reproducing \(\omega \). Then \(\pi _1\) and \(\pi _2 \circ \Phi \) are unitarily equivalent (206).
Let \(\pi : B \to \mathcal{B}(H)\) be a \(*\)-representation and \(\Phi : A \to B\) a surjective unital \(*\)-homomorphism, and let \(\pi \circ \Phi \) be the composite \(*\)-homomorphism (Mathlib’s StarAlgHom.comp). Then \(\pi \circ \Phi \) has the same image as \(\pi \): \((\pi \circ \Phi )(A) = \pi (B)\). Consequently everything computed from the image alone is unchanged: \(\pi \circ \Phi \) is irreducible if and only if \(\pi \) is (irreducibility being triviality of the commutant of the image), and the generated von Neumann algebras (162) coincide, \((\pi \circ \Phi )(A)'' = \pi (B)''\). The conclusion is sharper than a mere unitary equivalence would give: no transport is involved at all, since the two representations act on the same Hilbert space and generate literally the same algebras, not just isomorphic ones.
The image identity is surjectivity of \(\Phi \) applied to ranges, \(\operatorname {range}(\pi \circ \Phi ) = \operatorname {range}(\pi )\), which is Mathlib’s Function.Surjective.range_comp. For irreducibility, the existing repository lemma Physicslib4.GNS.isIrreducible_iff_centralizer (in Physicslib4/GNS/UnitaryEquiv.lean) already identifies irreducibility with triviality of the centralizer of the image, \(\operatorname {centralizer}(\operatorname {range} \pi ) = \mathbb {C} \cdot 1\); rewriting that criterion along the image identity gives the equivalence with no re-derivation. The generated von Neumann algebra is the double commutant of the image, so the same rewriting gives \((\pi \circ \Phi )(A)'' = \pi (B)''\).
Let \(\Phi : A \simeq B\) be a \(*\)-isomorphism of unital C*-algebras and \(\omega \) a state on \(B\); let \((H_1, \pi _1, \Omega _1)\) be a cyclic representation of \(A\) reproducing \(\omega \circ \Phi \) and \((H_2, \pi _2, \Omega _2)\) a cyclic representation of \(B\) reproducing \(\omega \). Then \(\pi _1\) is irreducible if and only if \(\pi _2\) is, and \(\pi _1(A)''\) is a factor if and only if \(\pi _2(B)''\) is. The chain is: \(\pi _1\) is unitarily equivalent to \(\pi _2 \circ \Phi \) (210), unitary equivalence preserves irreducibility and factoriality (207), and \(\pi _2 \circ \Phi \) has the same image algebra as \(\pi _2\) (211). Thus an isomorphism of the observable algebra carries superselection sectors to superselection sectors, preserving their type; together with the invariance of purity (202) it shows the whole sector structure is an invariant of the algebra, not of its presentation.
Compose the three steps. 210 gives \(\pi _1 \sim _u \pi _2 \circ \Phi \); 207 turns this into the two equivalences \(\mathrm{Irr}(\pi _1) \iff \mathrm{Irr}(\pi _2 \circ \Phi )\) and \(\mathrm{Factor}(\pi _1(A)'') \iff \mathrm{Factor}((\pi _2 \circ \Phi )(A)'')\); and 211, applied to the surjection \(\Phi \), replaces \(\pi _2 \circ \Phi \) by \(\pi _2\) on the right of each.
Let \(\mathfrak {U}\) be a Haag-Kastler net (160). The covariance equivalence \(\alpha _L : \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}) \simeq \mathfrak {U}(L\cdot \mathbf{B})\) supplied by Axiom 5 (159) is a \(*\)-isomorphism of local algebras, so the abstract GNS-covariance results apply to it region by region. Let \(\omega \) be a state on \(\mathfrak {U}(L\cdot \mathbf{B})\), so that \(\omega \circ \alpha _L\) is a state on \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) (200); let \((H_1, \pi _1, \Omega _1)\) be a cyclic representation of \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) reproducing \(\omega \circ \alpha _L\) and \((H_2, \pi _2, \Omega _2)\) a cyclic representation of \(\mathfrak {U}(L\cdot \mathbf{B})\) reproducing \(\omega \). Then \(\pi _1\) is unitarily equivalent to \(\pi _2 \circ \alpha _L\); moreover \(\pi _1\) is irreducible if and only if \(\pi _2\) is, and \(\pi _1(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}))''\) is a factor if and only if \(\pi _2(\mathfrak {U}(L\cdot \mathbf{B}))''\) is. In physical terms: the superselection type of a local state is constant along the Lorentz orbit of the region.
10.3.8 Disjointness and Quasi-Equivalence
An intertwiner \(T : H_1 \to H_2\) between \(\pi _1\) and \(\pi _2\) satisfies \(T(\pi _1(a)\, x) = \pi _2(a)(T x)\); intertwiners are closed under sums, scalars, composition, and the adjoint (the adjoint of a \(\pi _1 \to \pi _2\) intertwiner is a \(\pi _2 \to \pi _1\) intertwiner). Two representations are disjoint when the only intertwiner between them is \(0\). Disjointness is symmetric (take adjoints), and a representation on a nonzero Hilbert space is never disjoint from itself; more generally, unitarily equivalent representations on nonzero spaces are never disjoint, since the implementing unitary is a nonzero intertwiner.
Two representations are quasi-equivalent when there is a \(*\)-isomorphism of their generated von Neumann algebras \(\pi _1(A)'' \simeq \pi _2(A)''\) carrying \(\pi _1(a)\) to \(\pi _2(a)\). This is an equivalence relation, and it is coarser than unitary equivalence: unitary equivalence implies quasi-equivalence, because the conjugation \(*\)-isomorphism \(T \mapsto U T U^{-1}\) restricts to a \(*\)-isomorphism of the generated von Neumann algebras.
A nonzero intertwiner \(T\) between two irreducible representations rescales to a unitary equivalence. Consequently two irreducible representations are either disjoint or unitarily equivalent — the foundational trichotomy of superselection theory, identifying sectors with unitary-equivalence classes of irreducible representations.
\(T^\ast T\) commutes with \(\pi _1\), hence is a positive scalar \(r \cdot 1\) with \(r {\gt} 0\), so \((\sqrt r)^{-1}\, T\) is a linear isometry; and \(T T^\ast \) is a nonzero scalar (irreducibility of \(\pi _2\)), which makes \(T\) surjective, so the isometry is a unitary.
The space of intertwiners between two irreducible representations is at most one-dimensional: any two intertwiners \(S, T\) with \(S \neq 0\) are proportional, \(T = \lambda \cdot S\).
Indeed \(S^\ast S = a\cdot 1\) and \(S^\ast T = b \cdot 1\) (commuting with \(\pi _1\), hence scalar), and \(S S^\ast = c \cdot 1\) with \(c \neq 0\) (irreducibility of \(\pi _2\)) makes \(S^\ast \) injective; since \(S^\ast \big(T - (b/a)\, S\big) = 0\), injectivity gives \(T = (b/a)\, S\). So irreducible representations intertwine multiplicity-free.
The endomorphism algebra of an irreducible representation is \(\mathbb {C}\cdot 1\): every self-intertwiner of an irreducible representation is a scalar multiple of the identity.
This is the commutant form of irreducibility read through the intertwiner language, and it identifies each irreducible sector with a simple (one-dimensional-centred) object.
The commutant \(\pi (A)'\) of a representation is packaged as a von Neumann algebra — the algebra of self-intertwiners, i.e. the intertwiner/gauge algebra of \(\pi \). Its underlying set is the centralizer of \(\pi (A)\), which is a von Neumann algebra by 163 applied to the self-adjoint set \(\pi (A)\); an operator lies in it exactly when it is a self-intertwiner of \(\pi \), and \(\pi \) is irreducible if and only if this algebra is trivial (\(\pi (A)' = \mathbb {C}\cdot 1\)) — the von Neumann form of Schur’s lemma.
The generated von Neumann algebra \(\pi (A)''\) and the commutant von Neumann algebra \(\pi (A)'\) (219) are each other’s commutants.
On one side, the commutant of \(\pi (A)''\) is \(\pi (A)'\): this is an instance of the triple-commutant collapse \(S''' = S'\) applied to the self-adjoint image \(\pi (A)\). On the other side, the commutant of \(\pi (A)'\) is \(\pi (A)''\), which is exactly the definition of the bicommutant. Together these are von Neumann’s double-commutant relation for this pair, and they exhibit the bicommutant as idempotent: taking the commutant twice returns \((\pi (A)'')'' = \pi (A)''\), so \(\pi (A)''\) and \(\pi (A)'\) form a mutually dual pair under \(S \mapsto S'\).
A von Neumann algebra and its commutant share the same center. Consequently \(\pi (A)''\) is a factor (trivial center) if and only if its commutant \(\pi (A)'\) is a factor. Dually, at the extreme of triviality, the commutant collapses to the scalars \(\pi (A)' = \mathbb {C}\cdot 1\) if and only if the generated algebra is everything \(\pi (A)'' = \mathcal{B}(H)\).
The intersection \(\pi (A)'' \cap (\pi (A)'')' = \pi (A)'' \cap \pi (A)'\) is symmetric under the duality of 220, being simultaneously the center of \(\pi (A)''\) and the center of \(\pi (A)'\). The triviality statement is the commutant form of the equivalence “irreducible \(\iff \) generates \(\mathcal{B}(H)\)” (219), passing between the two sides through the bicommutant \((\mathbb {C}\cdot 1)' = \mathcal{B}(H)\).
A von Neumann algebra \(R\) is abelian — every pair of its elements commutes — if and only if it is contained in its own commutant, \(R \subseteq R'\). It is the operator-algebraic characterization of commutativity via the commutant, and the boundary case of microcausality \(R(\mathbf{B}_1) \subseteq R(\mathbf{B}_2)'\) where the two regions coincide.
This is essentially definitional: \(R \subseteq R'\) says exactly that each element of \(R\) commutes with every element of \(R\).
The center of a von Neumann algebra \(R\) on a Hilbert space \(H\) is \(Z(R) = R \cap R'\), the operators of \(R\) that commute with every element of \(R\). Since Mathlib’s VonNeumannAlgebra carries no lattice meet, it is built as the meet of the star-subalgebras of \(R\) and its commutant \(R'\); its underlying set is \(R \cap R'\). That this set is again a von Neumann algebra is recorded separately in 224.
Let \(R\) be a bundled von Neumann algebra on a Hilbert space \(H\). Then \(R \cap R'\) is bicommutant-closed, \((R \cap R')'' = R \cap R'\), so the center \(Z(R) = R \cap R'\) of 223 is again a von Neumann algebra.
This is stated for the commutant pair \(M = R\), \(N = R'\) only, because that is exactly what the Lean declaration proves: bicommutant_inter_commutant_eq takes a single VonNeumannAlgebra R and forms \(R \cap R^{\prime }\). The general two-algebra statement is 225, which is not yet formalized.
The instance \(M = R\), \(N = R'\) of 225.
Let \(M\) and \(N\) be bundled von Neumann algebras on a Hilbert space \(H\). Then their underlying sets intersect in a bicommutant-closed set: \((M \cap N)'' = M \cap N\), so \(M \cap N\) is again a von Neumann algebra. Here \(M\) and \(N\) are arbitrary and need not form a commutant pair.
This general form is what 175 needs, the relative commutant \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)' \cap R(\mathbf{B}_2)\) being the instance \(M = R(\mathbf{B}_1)'\), \(N = R(\mathbf{B}_2)\), and likewise for its curved-spacetime counterpart 291. It is formalized as Physicslib4.GNS.bicommutant_inter_eq, sitting alongside the commutant-pair instance Physicslib4.GNS.bicommutant_inter_commutant_eq of 224. One nuance is worth recording: in Lean the two are independent declarations, since bicommutant_inter_commutant_eq proves the commutant-pair case directly rather than by specialising bicommutant_inter_eq, so when 224 describes itself as the instance \(M = R\), \(N = R'\) of this lemma that records the mathematics, not the Lean proof structure; the special case could be re-derived from the general one, but currently is not.
Both \(M\) and \(N\) are bicommutant-closed, \(M'' = M\) and \(N'' = N\), so by the centralizer-of-a-union identity (Mathlib’s Set.centralizer_union) \(M \cap N = M'' \cap N'' = (M' \cup N')'\). Thus \(M \cap N\) is itself a commutant, and every commutant is bicommutant-closed by the triple-commutant collapse \(S''' = S'\) (Mathlib’s Set.centralizer_centralizer_centralizer): \((M \cap N)'' = (M' \cup N')''' = (M' \cup N')' = M \cap N\).
The center \(Z(R) = R \cap R'\) is abelian: any two of its elements commute.
Indeed an element of the center lies in \(R'\), hence commutes with every element of \(R\), and in particular with every other element of the center (which lies in \(R\)).
A von Neumann algebra \(R\) is abelian if and only if its center is all of \(R\), i.e. \(Z(R) = R \cap R' = R\). By 222, \(R\) is abelian iff \(R \subseteq R'\), and \(R \cap R' = R\) holds exactly when \(R \subseteq R'\).
Abelianness of \(R\) is equivalent to \(R \subseteq R'\) (222), which in turn is equivalent to \(R \cap R' = R\).
A factor \(R\) (a von Neumann algebra with trivial center \(R \cap R' = \mathbb {C}\cdot 1\)) is abelian if and only if it equals the scalars \(\mathbb {C}\cdot 1\).
If \(R\) is abelian then its center equals \(R\) (227), while by the factor hypothesis the center is \(\mathbb {C}\cdot 1\); hence \(R = \mathbb {C}\cdot 1\). Conversely the scalars are abelian, since \(\mathbb {C}\cdot 1 \subseteq (\mathbb {C}\cdot 1)'\) (222). Thus among factors, the abelian ones are exactly the trivial (one-dimensional) algebra of scalar multiples of the identity.
The center of a von Neumann algebra equals the center of its commutant: \(Z(R) = Z(R')\).
Indeed \(Z(R) = R \cap R'\) and \(Z(R') = R' \cap R'' = R' \cap R\), which coincide by commutativity of intersection together with the double-commutant identity \(R'' = R\).
A von Neumann algebra \(R\) is a factor if and only if its center is the scalars, \(Z(R) = R \cap R' = \mathbb {C}\cdot 1\).
This is a restatement of the definition of a factor in terms of the bundled center: the underlying set of \(Z(R)\) is exactly \(R \cap R'\).
The GNS representations of two pure states are either disjoint or unitarily equivalent.
10.3.9 Direct Sums, Amplification, and Reducibility
Given a family of \(*\)-representations \(\pi _i : A \to \mathcal{B}(H_i)\), their direct sum acts on the \(\ell ^2\)-direct sum \(\bigoplus _i H_i\). This is the construction underlying amplifications and the reducibility of non-primary representations.
The direct sum \(\bigoplus _i \pi _i : A \to \mathcal{B}(\ell ^2(\iota , H))\) of a family of \(*\)-representations acts coordinatewise: \((\bigoplus _i \pi _i)(a)\) is the diagonal operator \(x \mapsto (\pi _i(a)\, x_i)_i\) on the \(\ell ^2\)-direct sum. It is a \(*\)-representation, the diagonal being uniformly bounded by \(\Vert a\Vert \) since each \(\pi _i\) is contractive.
Each summand embeds as a subrepresentation: the isometric inclusion \(H_j \hookrightarrow \ell ^2(\iota , H)\) intertwines \(\pi _j\) with \(\bigoplus _i \pi _i\). Moreover the orthogonal projection onto the \(j\)-th summand lies in the commutant of the direct sum, so each summand is a reducing subspace.
Both claims are coordinatewise computations with the diagonal action of 232: the isometric inclusion is compatible with the \(j\)-th coordinate of the diagonal, and the projection onto the \(j\)-th summand commutes with every diagonal operator.
The \(\iota \)-fold amplification \(\iota \cdot \pi := \bigoplus _{i : \iota } \pi \) of a single representation is the direct sum of \(\iota \) copies of \(\pi \); \(\pi \) embeds as each summand.
A direct sum with two summands carrying nonzero vectors is reducible. In particular an amplification \(\iota \cdot \pi \) with at least two copies (and \(\pi \) acting on a nonzero space) is reducible — the multiplicity is visible in the commutant.
Were \(\bigoplus _i \pi _i\) irreducible, every summand projection would be a scalar (its commutant being trivial); but the projection onto one of two nonzero summands is a nontrivial projection, hence not scalar.
10.3.10 Covariant States and the Covariance Action
The Lorentz covariance of a Haag-Kastler net (159) acts on the net fiberwise, through the \(*\)-isomorphisms \(\alpha _L : \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}) \to \mathfrak {U}(L\cdot \mathbf{B})\). We record two consequences: the notion of a Lorentz-covariant family of local states, and the lift of the fiberwise action to a single dynamical \(*\)-automorphism of the quasilocal algebra.
Given a Haag-Kastler net (160), a covariant family of local states assigns to every region \(\mathbf{B}\) a state \(\omega _{\mathbf{B}}\) on the local algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) such that, for every Lorentz transformation \(L\) and every \(a \in \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\), one has \(\omega _{\mathbf{B}}(a) = \omega _{L\cdot \mathbf{B}}(\alpha _L a)\), where \(\alpha _L\) is the covariance isomorphism of 159. The local states are thus intertwined by the Lorentz action.
For a covariant family of local states, the covariance relation composes along the group: \(\omega _{\mathbf{B}}(a) = \omega _{L'\cdot (L\cdot \mathbf{B})}\big(\alpha _{L'}(\alpha _L a)\big)\).
This reflects the multiplicativity of the Lorentz action: the covariance relation of 236 is applied twice, first for \(L\) and then for \(L'\).
A lift of the fiberwise Lorentz action of \(L\) to a quasilocal algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\) (148) is a \(*\)-automorphism \(\beta _L\) of \(\mathfrak {U}\) intertwining the local embeddings \(\iota _{\mathbf{B}}\) with the covariance isomorphisms: \(\beta _L(\iota _{\mathbf{B}} a) = \iota _{L\cdot \mathbf{B}}(\alpha _L a)\) for every Alexandrov-basis set \(\mathbf{B}\).
Any two lifts of the same \(L\) have the same underlying automorphism.
They agree on the union of the local images, which is dense in \(\mathfrak {U}\), and \(*\)-automorphisms of a C*-algebra are continuous.
For a covariance-compatible quasilocal algebra, the fiberwise Lorentz action extends to a \(*\)-automorphism of \(\mathfrak {U}\), so the lift of 238 exists.
The intertwiner is defined on the directed union of local images (a dense \(*\)-subalgebra) and extended by uniform continuity; the inverse is supplied by \(L^{-1}\), and the group laws \(\beta _{L'L} = \beta _{L'}\circ \beta _L\) and \(\beta _{1} = \mathrm{id}\) furnish the two-sided inverse.
The covariance-compatibility hypothesis is satisfiable: the trivial net’s quasilocal algebra is covariance-compatible, so the quasilocal lift exists unconditionally for the trivial net.
Covariance-compatibility holds because every \(*\)-automorphism of \(\mathbb {C}\) is the identity; the lift is then supplied by 240.
A covariant quasilocal algebra bundles a Haag-Kastler net (160), a quasilocal algebra of that net (148), and a proof that the embeddings are covariance-compatible for every Lorentz transformation. On such data the quasilocal lift (238) exists for every \(L\) by 240, yielding the covariance action \(L \mapsto \beta _L\) on the quasilocal algebra; the trivial net provides an instance. This is the natural home for the covariance dynamics: the compatibility hypothesis of 240 becomes structural data rather than a side condition.
The covariance action \(L \mapsto \beta _L\) of a covariant quasilocal algebra is a genuine action of the Lorentz group by \(*\)-automorphisms of the quasilocal algebra: \(\beta _{\mathbf{1}} = \mathrm{id}\) and \(\beta _{L'L} = \beta _{L'} \circ \beta _L\).
These are the group laws of the lifted covariance action carried by a covariant quasilocal algebra (242).
A state \(\omega \) on the quasilocal algebra of a covariant quasilocal algebra (242) is (Poincaré-)invariant if it is a fixed point of the dual covariance action: \(\omega (\beta _L a) = \omega (a)\) for every Lorentz transformation \(L\) and observable \(a\). This is the invariance condition of a vacuum state; further conditions (e.g. the spectrum condition) are imposed separately.
For an invariant state \(\omega \), the covariance action is implemented on the GNS Hilbert space by a family of unitaries \(U(L)\) satisfying \(U(L)\, \pi (a)\Omega = \pi (\beta _L a)\, \Omega \) and \(U(L)\Omega = \Omega \).
The unitaries are obtained by extending the densely-defined isometry \(\pi (a)\Omega \mapsto \pi (\beta _L a)\Omega \) - isometric because \(\omega \) preserves the GNS inner product \(\langle \pi (a)\Omega , \pi (b)\Omega \rangle = \omega (a^* b)\) - to the whole GNS space.
Combining invariance with purity makes the GNS representation both covariant and irreducible. We emphasise that this is a precursor to a vacuum representation, not a vacuum itself: a genuine vacuum additionally requires the spectrum condition (positivity of the energy-momentum spectrum), which is not imposed - and indeed not expressible - here.
A state \(\omega \) on the quasilocal algebra that is both invariant under the covariance action and pure yields a GNS representation that is simultaneously covariant - implemented by a unitary representation \(U(L)\) of the inhomogeneous Lorentz group fixing the cyclic vector \(\Omega \), with operator covariance \(U(L)\, \pi (a)\, U(L)^{-1} = \pi (\beta _L a)\) - and irreducible; in particular it generates all of \(\mathcal{B}(H)\) (\(\pi (\mathfrak {U})'' = \mathcal{B}(H)\), by 192). It is a necessary precursor to a vacuum representation; the spectrum condition would be the remaining ingredient.
A strongly continuous one-parameter unitary group \(V : \mathbb {R} \to \mathcal{U}(H)\) has positive energy when its generator is a positive operator: there exists a positive bounded operator \(P\) (hence self-adjoint, with non-negative spectrum) such that \(V(t) = e^{i t P}\) for all \(t\). The positivity of \(P\) is the energy-positivity asserted by the spectrum condition. The generator of a physical translation is unbounded, so requiring \(P\) bounded is a genuine restriction; the faithful unbounded form requires Stone’s theorem and the theory of unbounded self-adjoint operators, which Mathlib does not yet provide. This is the bounded-generator scaffold.
Structural properties of the positive-energy condition, all Stone-free. (i) Trivial subgroup: the constant group \(t \mapsto \mathrm{id}\) has positive energy, with zero generator. (ii) Uniqueness of the generator: if two bounded generators induce the same one-parameter group, \(e^{i t P} = e^{i t Q}\) for all \(t\), then \(P = Q\). Hence the generator witnessing positive energy is unique. (iii) Unitary invariance: if \(V\) has positive energy, so does its conjugate \(t \mapsto W \circ V(t) \circ W^{-1}\) by a unitary \(W\), with generator \(W P W^{-1}\). Physically, the spectrum condition does not depend on the choice of unitary frame. (iv) Strong continuity: a positive-energy group is strongly continuous — \(t \mapsto V(t) x\) is continuous for every \(x\). This justifies calling it a strongly continuous one-parameter unitary group.
(ii) Differentiating at \(t = 0\) gives \(i P = i Q\); positivity is not needed. (iii) The generator \(W P W^{-1}\) is positive, being the unitary conjugate of \(P\); the energy exponential transports via \(e^{W A W^{-1}} = W e^{A} W^{-1}\). (iv) \(t \mapsto (i t) P\) is continuous and the operator exponential is continuous.
A state \(\omega \) on the quasilocal algebra is a vacuum state (relative to a future-timelike-translation predicate) when it is invariant under the covariance action (244) and, in a GNS representation reproducing \(\omega \) and implementing the action by unitaries \(U(L)\), every future-timelike translation one-parameter subgroup \(\gamma \) has positive energy: \(t \mapsto U(\gamma (t))\) satisfies 247. This packages the two necessary vacuum conditions — invariance and the spectrum condition — with the spectrum condition entering as the positive-energy hypothesis on the implementing unitaries. The future-timelike-translation predicate is a parameter, to be instantiated once the translation subgroup of the Lorentz group and its causal structure are wired in; the positive-energy condition is the bounded-generator scaffold. Constructing/discharging the spectrum condition for a concrete net is the Stone-gated next layer.
The conditions a vacuum state satisfies that need neither the spectrum condition nor Stone’s theorem. First, a vacuum state is invariant (the first conjunct of the definition). Second, a pure vacuum state yields the irreducible covariant GNS representation of 246: a covariant GNS triple with implementing unitaries \(U(L)\) fixing \(\Omega \) and operator covariance \(U(L)\pi (a)U(L)^{-1} = \pi (\beta _L a)\), whose representation is irreducible and generates all of \(\mathcal{B}(H)\).
Both follow by projecting to invariance and chaining with purity \(\Rightarrow \) irreducibility; the spectrum-condition content of the vacuum is not used.
The pure translations of the inhomogeneous Lorentz group: an element is a pair \((\text{linear}, \text{translation})\), and a pure translation \(\mathrm{translationSub}(n) = (\mathrm{id}, n)\) has trivial linear part, so \(n \mapsto (\mathrm{id}, n)\) embeds the additive group of the spacetime carrier (\(\mathrm{translationSub}(0) = 1\), \(\mathrm{translationSub}(n+m) = \mathrm{translationSub}(n)\, \mathrm{translationSub}(m)\)). The one-parameter translation flow in a direction \(n\) is \(\mathrm{translationFlow}(n)(t) = (\mathrm{id}, t \cdot n)\), which is a one-parameter subgroup. A one-parameter subgroup \(\gamma \) is a future-timelike translation when \(\gamma = \mathrm{translationFlow}(n)\) for some future-pointing timelike \(n\) — i.e. \(n\) lies in the forward Minkowski cone at the origin. This wires in the translation subgroup and its causal structure, giving the concrete predicate with which the abstract future-timelike-translation parameter of 249 is discharged.
The vacuum-state condition of 249 with its future-timelike-translation parameter fixed to the concrete predicate 251: the spectrum condition is imposed on exactly the one-parameter translation subgroups \(t \mapsto (\mathrm{id}, t \cdot n)\) with \(n\) future-pointing timelike. The vacuum definition then depends on no free predicate. Invariance and (for a pure state) the irreducible covariant representation follow as in 250, since the concrete form unfolds to the parameterized one.
Purity is preserved by any \(*\)-automorphism: for \(\Phi : \mathfrak {U} \xrightarrow {\sim } \mathfrak {U}\), the pullback state \(\omega \circ \Phi \) is pure if and only if \(\omega \) is. Applied to the covariance automorphism \(\Phi = \beta _L\), this says purity of a state is a Lorentz-covariance-invariant property.
A dominated positive functional \(\psi \le \omega \circ \Phi \) transports to \(\psi \circ \Phi ^{-1} \le \omega \), which purity sends to a scalar multiple of \(\omega \); transporting back gives \(\psi \) proportional to \(\omega \circ \Phi \).
The lifted covariance automorphism \(\beta _L\) of the quasilocal algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\) is a \(*\)-automorphism, hence in particular a \(*\)-isomorphism, so the abstract GNS-covariance results apply to it. Let \(\omega \) be a state on \(\mathfrak {U}\). A cyclic representation of \(\mathfrak {U}\) reproducing the pullback state \(\omega \circ \beta _L\) is unitarily equivalent to \(\pi _\omega \circ \beta _L\) (210), is irreducible exactly when \(\pi _\omega \) is, and generates a factor exactly when \(\pi _\omega \) does (212). Whereas 213 moves between the algebras of two different regions, here the algebra is fixed and the Lorentz group acts on it: the conclusion is that the superselection type of a global state is a Lorentz invariant. Together with the invariance of purity (253) this says the entire sector classification of global states is Lorentz invariant.
10.3.11 The Separating Vector of a Faithful State
A faithful state has a sharper consequence at the level of the GNS construction than the faithfulness of its representation: its cyclic vector is also separating. This is the basic datum of the modular (Tomita-Takesaki) theory of the associated von Neumann algebra.
Let \(\omega \) be a faithful state and \((\mathcal{H}_\omega , \pi _\omega , \Omega )\) its GNS triple. Then the cyclic vector \(\Omega \) is separating for \(\pi _\omega (\mathfrak {U})\): if \(\pi _\omega (a)\Omega = 0\) then \(a = 0\). This holds in any representation reproducing a faithful state, not only the GNS one.
Indeed \(\pi _\omega (a)\Omega = 0\) gives \(\omega (a^* a) = \langle \Omega , \pi _\omega (a^* a)\Omega \rangle = \langle \pi _\omega (a)\Omega , \pi _\omega (a)\Omega \rangle = 0\), and faithfulness forces \(a = 0\).
10.3.12 The KMS Condition and Thermal Equilibrium
Poincaré (or Killing-flow) invariance is only part of what singles out a physical equilibrium state. The Kubo-Martin-Schwinger (KMS) condition is the algebraic characterization of thermal equilibrium at inverse temperature \(\beta \). It is phrased purely as an analyticity statement about correlation functions, so - unlike the spectrum condition - it needs no unbounded-operator theory (no Stone theorem, no spectral measures). It is exactly the condition satisfied by the curved-spacetime examples of 309: the Hartle-Hawking state on a black-hole exterior and the Gibbons-Hawking state in the de Sitter static patch are KMS for the relevant Killing flow.
A family \(\alpha : \mathbb {R} \to (A \simeq _{\star \mathrm{a}} A)\) of \(*\)-automorphisms of a C\(^*\)-algebra \(A\) is a one-parameter group if \(\alpha _0 = \mathrm{id}\) and \(\alpha _{s+t} = \alpha _s \circ \alpha _t\). This is the algebraic time evolution; in the curved-spacetime setting it is the automorphism group induced by a Killing flow.
A state \(\omega \) on \(A\) is \((\alpha , \beta )\)-KMS for a one-parameter automorphism group \(\alpha \) (256) at inverse temperature \(\beta \) if for every \(a, b \in A\) the correlation function \(t \mapsto \omega (a\, \alpha _t b)\) extends to a function \(F\) on the closed strip \(0 \le \operatorname {Im} z \le \beta \) that is continuous there, holomorphic on the open strip, bounded, and whose boundary value on \(\operatorname {Im} z = \beta \) is \(t \mapsto \omega (\alpha _t b\, \cdot a)\).
A convex combination \(s\, \omega _1 + (1-s)\, \omega _2\) (\(0 \le s \le 1\)) of two \((\alpha , \beta )\)-KMS states is again \((\alpha , \beta )\)-KMS. Thus the equilibrium states at a fixed temperature form a convex set.
For each pair \((a, b)\) the analytic interpolant is the convex combination \(s\, F_1 + (1-s)\, F_2\) of the two interpolants, which is continuous, bounded, and holomorphic on the strip, with boundary values that add.
For a KMS state \(\omega \) and any observable \(a\), the correlation function \(F\) of the pair \((1, a)\) has its two boundary values equal - both are \(t \mapsto \omega (\alpha _t a)\).
This is the algebraic heart of the invariance argument: it follows directly from the KMS condition with \(a := 1\), since \(\omega (1\cdot \alpha _t a) = \omega (\alpha _t a \cdot 1) = \omega (\alpha _t a)\).
The strip-Liouville principle at width \(\beta \) is the statement that any function \(F\) continuous and bounded on the closed strip \(0 \le \operatorname {Im} z \le \beta \), holomorphic on the open strip, and with equal boundary values \(F(t) = F(t + i\beta )\) for all real \(t\), is constant along the real axis: \(F(t) = F(0)\). It is the analytic input that turns boundary coincidence into invariance.
A function \(F\) continuous on the closed strip \(0 \le \operatorname {Im} z \le \beta \), holomorphic on the open strip, bounded, and with equal boundary values \(F(t) = F(t + i\beta )\) on the real axis, admits a bounded entire extension \(H\) agreeing with \(F\) on \(\mathbb {R}\). This is the analytic engine behind the strip-Liouville principle.
The extension is the \(i\beta \)-periodic continuation \(H(z) = F\! \left(z - \lfloor \operatorname {Im} z / \beta \rfloor \, i\beta \right)\), which folds every point into the fundamental strip: it is continuous across each gluing line \(\operatorname {Im} z = k\beta \) because the boundary values match by periodicity, holomorphic off the lines as \(F\) composed with a holomorphic shift, and holomorphic on the lines by the horizontal-line removable-singularity theorem (Morera).
At positive width \(\beta {\gt} 0\) the strip-Liouville principle (260) is a theorem. The hypothesis \(\beta {\gt} 0\) is necessary: at \(\beta = 0\) the open strip is empty and at \(\beta {\lt} 0\) the strip itself is empty, and in both cases the principle is false.
The equal boundary values let \(F\) extend to a bounded \(i\beta \)-periodic entire function by the strip Schwarz reflection (261), which is then constant on \(\mathbb {R}\) by Liouville’s theorem.
At positive inverse temperature \(\beta {\gt} 0\), every \((\alpha , \beta )\)-KMS state \(\omega \) is \(\alpha \)-invariant: \(\omega (\alpha _t a) = \omega (a)\) for all \(t\) and \(a\).
By boundary coincidence (259) the KMS correlation function of \((1, a)\) has equal boundary values \(F(t) = F(t + i\beta ) = \omega (\alpha _t a)\); the strip-Liouville principle for \(\beta {\gt} 0\) (262) forces \(F(t) = F(0)\), so \(\omega (\alpha _t a) = F(t) = F(0) = \omega (\alpha _0 a) = \omega (a)\).
Two functions continuous and bounded on the closed strip \(0 \le \operatorname {Im} z \le \beta \) (with \(\beta {\gt} 0\)), holomorphic on the open strip, that agree on both boundary lines \(\operatorname {Im} z = 0\) and \(\operatorname {Im} z = \beta \), agree on the whole strip.
Indeed their difference has vanishing boundary values, so its \(i\beta \)-periodic extension (261) is a bounded entire function, constant by Liouville, equal to its value \(0\) at the origin.
For \(\beta {\gt} 0\), the analytic completion of a KMS correlation function is unique: any two functions satisfying the KMS analytic data for the same pair \((a, b)\) - continuous and bounded on the strip, holomorphic on the interior, with the prescribed boundary values \(t \mapsto \omega (a\, \alpha _t b)\) and \(t \mapsto \omega (\alpha _t b\, \cdot a)\) - agree on the whole strip.
This is the strip uniqueness (264) applied to the two analytic completions, which share both boundary values.
10.3.13 KMS States for the Covariance Flow
A one-parameter subgroup \(t \mapsto L_t\) of the inhomogeneous Lorentz group - for instance the time-translation subgroup - induces, via the quasilocal lift \(\beta _L\) (243), a one-parameter group of \(*\)-automorphisms of the global quasilocal algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\). Unlike the curved case, where the absence of a global algebra forces a restriction to the stabilizer \(\mathrm{Stab}(\mathbf{B})\), here \(\beta _L\) is a genuine automorphism of the single algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\) for every \(L\), so no restriction is needed.
Given a one-parameter subgroup \(t \mapsto L_t\) of the inhomogeneous Lorentz group, the covariance-flow automorphism family of \(\mathfrak {U}\) is \(t \mapsto \beta _{L_t}\), the covariance action evaluated along the flow.
If \(t \mapsto L_t\) is a one-parameter subgroup (\(L_0 = 1\), \(L_{s+t} = L_s L_t\)), then the induced automorphisms \(t \mapsto \beta _{L_t}\) of \(\mathfrak {U}\) form a one-parameter automorphism group (256).
This holds by the coherence of the covariance action (243).
A convex combination \(s\, \omega _1 + (1-s)\, \omega _2\) (\(0 \le s \le 1\)) of two KMS states on \(\mathfrak {U}\) for the same covariance flow \(L\) at the same inverse temperature \(\beta \) is again a KMS state for that flow. Physically, the equilibrium states for a one-parameter symmetry flow form a convex set.
This specializes the abstract KMS convexity (258) to the induced one-parameter group \(\mathrm{flowAut}\).
A state \(\omega \) on the quasilocal algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\) is a ground state for a one-parameter subgroup \(t \mapsto L_t\) of the inhomogeneous Lorentz group (e.g. a translation or boost flow) when it is invariant under the flow and, in a GNS representation reproducing \(\omega \) and implementing the flow by unitaries \(U(t)\) fixing \(\Omega \), the one-parameter unitary group \(t \mapsto U(t)\) has positive energy (247). This is the ground-state (\(\beta \to \infty \), spectrum-condition) counterpart of the covariance-flow KMS state 268: the stationary state whose flow generator, the Hamiltonian for a timelike flow, is positive. Two Stone-free consequences: a ground state is flow-invariant, and its implementing unitary group is strongly continuous. It is the Minkowski analogue of the curved Killing-flow ground state 319.
10.4 Haag Kastler Axioms in Curved Spacetime
Here we recount the axioms we’ve established for AQFT in Lorentzian spacetime.
The first axiom states:
For any basis element \(\mathbf{B}\) of the Alexandrov topology on a Lorentzian spacetime, i.e. any set of the form \(I^+(p) \cap I^-(q)\), there is a corresponding abstract C*-algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\)
and when \(\mathbf{B}\) is the empty set, we have the distinguished correspondence
where \(\mathbf{1}\) is the multiplicative identity in the abstract C*-algebra \(\mathbb {C} \mathbf{1}\).
The second axiom can be immediately stated too.
Let \(\mathbf{B}_1\) and \(\mathbf{B}_2\) be any two basis elements of the Alexandrov topology on a Lorentzian spacetime, i.e. any two sets of the form \(I^+(p_1) \cap I^-(q_1)\) and \(I^+(p_2) \cap I^-(q_2)\).
Exactly as in the Minkowski case (132), the axiom supplies as data a family of unital \(*\)-monomorphisms
one for every pair of basis sets with \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2\), subject to
injectivity: each \(i_{\mathbf{B}_1\mathbf{B}_2}\) is injective;
identity: \(i_{\mathbf{B}\mathbf{B}} = \mathrm{id}_{\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})}\) for every basis set \(\mathbf{B}\);
composition: \(i_{\mathbf{B}_2\mathbf{B}_3} \circ i_{\mathbf{B}_1\mathbf{B}_2} = i_{\mathbf{B}_1\mathbf{B}_3}\) whenever \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_3\),
so that \(\mathbf{B} \mapsto \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) is a functor on the inclusion order of basis sets. The hypothesis is the non-strict inclusion, matching the formalisation, which quantifies over B\(_1\) \(\subseteq \) B\(_2\); the earlier \(\subset \) was a divergence from the Lean, and the reflexive case is what makes (b) expressible at all.
The curved case is where this matters most. There is no quasilocal algebra here, so every statement about nested regions is phrased inside a common containing algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) and has to factor a three-fold inclusion \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2 \subseteq \mathbf{B}\). Before this amendment the isotony embeddings actually used downstream were the witnesses chosen inside Axiom 3, which carried no composition law, so that factorisation had to be assumed separately at each site. With (c) part of Axiom 2, and Axiom 3 consuming this family rather than choosing its own (273), the factorisation holds for every net and those hypotheses are gone.
The next axiom can be stated as follows:
Let \(\mathbf{B}_1\) and \(\mathbf{B}_2\) be any two basis elements of the Alexandrov topology on a Lorentzian spacetime, i.e. any two sets of the form \(I^+(p_1) \cap I^-(q_1)\) and \(I^+(p_2) \cap I^-(q_2)\). Assume Axiom 2 (272), and let \(i_{\mathbf{B}_1\mathbf{B}_2}\) denote its chosen isotony family.
If \(\mathbf{B_1}\) and \(\mathbf{B_2}\) are completely spacelike, then for any Alexandrov topology basis element \(\mathbf{B}\) such that \(\mathbf{B_1}, \mathbf{B_2} \subseteq \mathbf{B}\) the algebras \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B_1})\) and \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B_2})\) commute in the C*-algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\): for any \(a_1\) in \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B_1})\) and \(a_2\) in \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B_2})\),
in the C*-algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\).
If no such \(\mathbf{B}\) exists, then it simply doesn’t make sense to consider if \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B_1})\) and \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B_2})\) commute as they are not in the same algebra.
This axiom now asserts only the commutation condition. It previously introduced its own family of isotony embeddings existentially, together with their injectivity, and it was those chosen witnesses — not the Axiom 2 maps — that every downstream result actually used. Since they carried no composition law, each consumer that had to factor a three-fold inclusion \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2 \subseteq \mathbf{B}\) was forced to assume coherence separately. The family and its injectivity now belong to Axiom 2 (272), which supplies the identity and composition laws as well, and this axiom simply consumes it; the separate coherence hypotheses are consequently removed throughout this chapter.
The next axiom has need of the following definition
For Lorentzian spacetime \(M\) the image \(\pi _\omega (a)\) of a self-adjoint member \(a\) of the local algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) under the GNS *-homomorphism \(\pi _\omega \) of a state \(\omega \) on \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) is self-adjoint and thus corresponds to an “observable”. Any “observable” corresponding to such a self-adjoint \(\pi _\omega (a)\) is called a local observable.
and can be stated as follows:
All “observables” are local observables.
The final axiom states:
Let \(\mathbf{B}\) be any basis element of the Alexandrov topology on a Lorentzian spacetime \(M\), i.e. any set of the form \(I^+(p) \cap I^-(q)\).
A member \(\varphi \) of the group of isometries of \(M\) connected to the identity acts on \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) as follows
where \(\varphi (\mathbf{B})\) is the image of the basis element \(\mathbf{B}\) under the isometry \(\varphi \) and \(\alpha _\varphi \) is a unital *-isomorphism generated by \(\varphi \). The map \(\alpha _\varphi \) is such that (1) for the identity isometry \(\mathbf{1}\) it satisfies
(2) for all appropriate \(a\), \(\varphi \), and \(\varphi '\) it satisfies
and (3) for Alexandrov topology basis elements \(\mathbf{B}_\iota \subset \mathbf{B}_\kappa \) and the unital *-monomorphism \(i\) of Axiom 2 (Isotony) \(\alpha _\varphi \) commutes with \(i\). In other words the following diagram
commutes.
A Haag-Kastler net in curved spacetime on a Lorentzian spacetime is the bundling of the data of 271 together with the properties of 272, 273, 275, and 276. In the Lean formalization this is a single structure whose fields are the assignment \(\mathbf{B} \mapsto \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) and proofs that this assignment satisfies the four remaining axioms. Theorems about AQFT in curved spacetime take an instance of this structure as a hypothesis and invoke each axiom as a projection.
Generally these axioms follow in a straightforward manner from those of AQFT in Minkowski spacetime. The only “surprise” in this presentation is the absence of a quasilocal algebra. However, as we found, its absence is simply a reflection of the observational constraints of Lorentzian spacetime which don’t exist in Minkowski spacetime.
10.4.1 Einstein Causality in Curved Spacetime
The operator form of local commutativity (273) carries over to curved spacetime. The only adaptation is dictated by the absence of a quasilocal algebra: causality is expressed in a representation of a common containing local algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\), rather than of a global quasilocal algebra.
Let \(\pi \) be any \(*\)-representation of a containing basis algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) on a Hilbert space \(H\). If \(\mathbf{B}_1, \mathbf{B}_2 \subseteq \mathbf{B}\) are completely spacelike-separated basis regions, then the images of the local observables of \(\mathbf{B}_1\) and \(\mathbf{B}_2\) in \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) commute under \(\pi \) as bounded operators on \(H\). This holds in particular on the GNS Hilbert space of any state on \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\).
10.4.2 Local von Neumann Algebras in Curved Spacetime
The von Neumann net carries over to curved spacetime, again relative to a containing basis algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\). Given a \(*\)-representation \(\pi \) of \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) on a Hilbert space \(H\), the local von Neumann algebra of a subregion \(\mathbf{B}' \subseteq \mathbf{B}\) is the bicommutant \(R(\mathbf{B}') = \pi (\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}'))''\), where \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}')\) is embedded into \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) by the isotony witness of Axiom 2.
Let \(\pi \) be a \(*\)-representation of a containing basis algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) on \(H\). For a subregion \(\mathbf{B}' \subseteq \mathbf{B}\), the local observable operators are the image \(\pi (\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}'))\) under the isotony embedding, and the local von Neumann algebra \(R(\mathbf{B}')\) is the bicommutant \(\pi (\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}'))''\).
As in the Minkowski case, \(R(\mathbf{B}')\) is registered as a genuine VonNeumannAlgebra: it is the bundled algebra supplied by the same general bicommutant-of-a-self-adjoint-set lemma (163) for the self-adjoint set \(\pi (\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}'))\) of local observable operators (self-adjoint because the isotony embedding and \(\pi \) are \(*\)-homomorphisms). Its underlying set is the bicommutant of 279.
For completely spacelike-separated basis subregions \(\mathbf{B}_1, \mathbf{B}_2 \subseteq \mathbf{B}\), the local von Neumann algebras commute: \(R(\mathbf{B}_1) \subseteq R(\mathbf{B}_2)'\).
For nested basis subregions \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2 \subseteq \mathbf{B}\), the local von Neumann algebras are nested: \(R(\mathbf{B}_1) \subseteq R(\mathbf{B}_2)\). No coherence hypothesis is needed.
The local observables of \(\mathbf{B}_1\) embed into those of \(\mathbf{B}_2\) and the double commutant is monotone. The step that needs care is that the embedding \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}_1) \to \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) factors through \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}_2)\), i.e. \(i_{\mathbf{B}_1\mathbf{B}} = i_{\mathbf{B}_2\mathbf{B}} \circ i_{\mathbf{B}_1\mathbf{B}_2}\); that is now exactly the composition law (c) of Axiom 2 (272). Formerly the isotony embeddings in play were the witnesses chosen inside Axiom 3, which had no composition law, so this factorisation had to be assumed as a separate hypothesis.
Phrased on the bundled VonNeumannAlgebra \(R(\mathbf{B}')\) with its order \(\le \) and Mathlib’s commutant: for completely spacelike-separated subregions \(R(\mathbf{B}_1) \le R(\mathbf{B}_2)'\), and for \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2\) that \(R(\mathbf{B}_1) \le R(\mathbf{B}_2)\).
The curved counterpart of the von Neumann net (168). Fixing a containing basis region \(\mathbf{B}\) and a \(*\)-representation \(\pi \) of \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\), the assignment \(\mathbf{B}' \mapsto R(\mathbf{B}')\) is an order-preserving map from the poset of basis subregions of \(\mathbf{B}\) (ordered by inclusion) to the von Neumann algebras of \(\mathcal{B}(H)\) — the local net, restricted to a containing region, as a functor on the inclusion poset.
Order-preservation carries no side condition. The factorisation this rests on — that the \(\mathbf{B}_1 \hookrightarrow \mathbf{B}\) embedding factors through \(\mathbf{B}_2\) for all nested \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2 \subseteq \mathbf{B}\) — is the composition law (c) of Axiom 2 (272), so it holds for every net, including the trivial one.
This was previously supplied as an explicit coherence hypothesis, on the grounds that it is a property of the net’s chosen embeddings rather than of the spacetime and so cannot be discharged geometrically. That reasoning was correct, and it is precisely the argument for putting the law into the axiom rather than carrying it at each site: an axiom is where a requirement on chosen data belongs. With Axiom 2 owning the family and Axiom 3 consuming it (273), the hypothesis is redundant here and at every other site in this chapter.
The abstract mechanism is: if \(\Omega \) is cyclic for a set \(S\) of operators, then any \(R\) commuting with all of \(S\) with \(R\Omega = 0\) is zero. Applied to the net: if \(\Omega \) is cyclic for the local observables of \(\mathbf{B}_1\) - the role supplied in Minkowski spacetime by Reeh-Schlieder - then for a spacelike-separated subregion \(\mathbf{B}_2\), every \(R \in R(\mathbf{B}_2)\) with \(R\Omega = 0\) is zero. Thus \(\Omega \) is separating for \(R(\mathbf{B}_2)\): a nonzero observable of one region cannot be annihilated by the cyclic vector of a spacelike-separated region, the operator-algebraic form of statistical independence.
For the abstract mechanism, such an \(R\) vanishes on the dense set \(S\Omega \). Applied to the net, every \(R \in R(\mathbf{B}_2)\) with \(R\Omega = 0\) is zero since \(R(\mathbf{B}_2)\) commutes with the observables of \(\mathbf{B}_1\) by curved microcausality (281).
The separating property phrased on the bundled VonNeumannAlgebra \(R(\mathbf{B}_2)\): with \(\Omega \) cyclic for the local observables of \(\mathbf{B}_1\), every \(R\) in the bundled algebra \(R(\mathbf{B}_2)\) of a spacelike-separated subregion with \(R\Omega = 0\) is zero.
It reduces to 285 through the coercion \(\uparrow R(\mathbf{B}_2) = \pi (\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}_2))''\).
The geometric specialisation of additive-free locality to a curved local net over a concrete Lorentzian spacetime \(L\): for basis sets \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2^\perp \) inside a common containing region \(\mathbf{B}\), the local von Neumann algebra \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)\) lies in the commutant \(R(\mathbf{B}_2)'\). As in Minkowski, the spacelike complement \(\mathbf{B}_2^\perp \) only selects the bounded regions spacelike to \(\mathbf{B}_2\); no algebra is attached to the unbounded complement.
The Galois bridge discharges the spacelike hypothesis, and \(L.\mathtt{toAbstract}\) identifies the concrete and abstract spacelike relations.
The curved, stabilizer-subgroup analogue of geometric covariance. For \(g \in \mathrm{Stab}(\mathbf{B})\), the implementing unitary \(U(g)\) of the stabilizer GNS representation (309) conjugates the local von Neumann algebra of a subregion \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}\) onto that of \(g \cdot \mathbf{B}_1\):
Unlike Minkowski, the abstract LorentzianSpacetime interface supplies neither basis-set preservation \(M.\mathrm{IsBasisSet}(g \cdot \mathbf{B}_1)\) nor the coherence relating the stabilizer action \(\hat\alpha _g\) to the chosen isotony embeddings (272); both enter as explicit hypotheses, discharged for a net from a concrete geometric spacetime.
There is no quasilocal algebra in curved spacetime, so the only symmetries acting on the containing algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) are the stabilizer \(\mathrm{Stab}(\mathbf{B}) = \{ g : g \cdot \mathbf{B} = \mathbf{B}\} \). The proof reuses the shared conjugation core of 172: conjugation by a unit is a multiplicative automorphism, which maps centralizers — hence bicommutants — to those of the image. Hence \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)\) and \(R(g \cdot \mathbf{B}_1)\) are unitarily equivalent.
If the local von Neumann algebra \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)\) of a subregion is a factor, then so is \(R(g \cdot \mathbf{B}_1)\) for every \(g \in \mathrm{Stab}(\mathbf{B})\).
Geometric covariance exhibits \(R(g \cdot \mathbf{B}_1) = U(g) R(\mathbf{B}_1) U(g)^{-1}\), and conjugation by a unitary preserves the factor property; so being a factor is constant along the stabilizer orbit of a subregion.
For \(g \in \mathrm{Stab}(\mathbf{B})\), the geometric-covariance set equality is upgraded to a first-class \(*\)-algebra isomorphism of the bundled local von Neumann algebras, \(R(\mathbf{B}_1) \cong R(g \cdot \mathbf{B}_1)\), given by restricting the conjugation \(*\)-automorphism \(T \mapsto U(g) T U(g)^{-1}\) of \(\mathcal{B}(H)\) to \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)\).
It reuses the same restriction construction as the Minkowski case (174).
10.4.3 Relative Commutants of Nested Local Algebras in Curved Spacetime
As in Minkowski, the theory of subalgebra inclusions \(R(\mathbf{B}_1) \subseteq R(\mathbf{B}_2)\) is organised around the relative commutant \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)' \cap R(\mathbf{B}_2)\). There is no quasilocal algebra in curved spacetime, so everything is relative to a containing basis region \(\mathbf{B}\) and a representation of \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\).
For a \(*\)-representation \(\pi \) of a containing basis algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) and two basis subregions \(\mathbf{B}_1, \mathbf{B}_2 \subseteq \mathbf{B}\), the relative commutant of the pair is the von Neumann algebra \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)' \cap R(\mathbf{B}_2)\), built as the meet of the \(*\)-subalgebras of the commutant of \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)\) and of \(R(\mathbf{B}_2)\); its underlying set is \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)' \cap R(\mathbf{B}_2)\). As Mathlib’s VonNeumannAlgebra carries no lattice meet, it is constructed by hand from that intersection; that such an intersection is again a von Neumann algebra is 225, the general two-algebra form, since \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)'\) and \(R(\mathbf{B}_2)\) are not in general a commutant pair. This is the curved counterpart of the Minkowski relative commutant (175); there is no quasilocal algebra, so it lives inside the representation of a fixed containing region.
The relative commutant is contained in the larger algebra, \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)' \cap R(\mathbf{B}_2) \le R(\mathbf{B}_2)\).
Discharged through the coercion to underlying sets (Set.inter_subset_right).
Every element of the relative commutant commutes with all of \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)\): its underlying set is contained in \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)'\).
This is Set.inter_subset_left for the intersection defining the relative commutant.
For nested basis subregions \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2 \subseteq \mathbf{B}\), the relative commutant contains the center of the ambient algebra: the center \(R(\mathbf{B}_2) \cap R(\mathbf{B}_2)'\) is contained in \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)' \cap R(\mathbf{B}_2)\).
Curved isotony (282) gives \(R(\mathbf{B}_1) \le R(\mathbf{B}_2)\), and antitonicity of the commutant yields \(R(\mathbf{B}_2)' \subseteq R(\mathbf{B}_1)'\). The factorisation of the three-fold inclusion that curved isotony needs is supplied by the composition law of Axiom 2 (272), so nothing further is assumed here.
The curved counterpart of 180: for basis subregions \(\mathbf{B}_1, \mathbf{B}_2 \subseteq \mathbf{B}\) in a representation of \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\), the inclusion \(R(\mathbf{B}_1) \subseteq R(\mathbf{B}_2)\) is irreducible when its relative commutant is trivial, \(R(\mathbf{B}_1)' \cap R(\mathbf{B}_2) = \mathbb {C}\cdot 1\).
The curved mirror of 181: for nested basis subregions \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2 \subseteq \mathbf{B}\), an irreducible inclusion \(R(\mathbf{B}_1) \subseteq R(\mathbf{B}_2)\) forces \(R(\mathbf{B}_2)\) to be a factor.
By the same argument as in the Minkowski case: the center lies in the relative commutant (294), which irreducibility collapses to the scalars.
The curved mirror of 182: for a basis subregion \(\mathbf{B}' \subseteq \mathbf{B}\) in a representation of \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\), the trivial self-inclusion \(R(\mathbf{B}') \subseteq R(\mathbf{B}')\) is irreducible if and only if \(R(\mathbf{B}')\) is a factor.
The relative commutant of the self-inclusion is the center \(R(\mathbf{B}')' \cap R(\mathbf{B}')\), whose triviality is exactly factoriality.
The general abelian/center facts, specialized to a curved local von Neumann algebra \(R(\mathbf{B}')\) (for a basis subregion \(\mathbf{B}' \subseteq \mathbf{B}\) in a representation of \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\)): its center \(R(\mathbf{B}') \cap R(\mathbf{B}')'\) is abelian, and if \(R(\mathbf{B}')\) is a factor then it is abelian if and only if it equals the scalars \(\mathbb {C}\cdot 1\).
The center-duality facts, specialized to a curved local von Neumann algebra \(R(\mathbf{B}')\): it shares its center with its commutant, \(Z(R(\mathbf{B}')) = Z(R(\mathbf{B}')')\), and it is a factor if and only if its center is the scalars \(\mathbb {C}\cdot 1\).
10.4.4 Purity of States on Local Algebras in Curved Spacetime
Each local algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) of a Haag-Kastler net in curved spacetime is itself a unital C*-algebra with its own state space and GNS representations. The abstract characterizations of purity therefore apply per region, registered here for \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\). There is no quasilocal algebra in curved spacetime, so - unlike the Minkowski covariant-vacuum picture - these are genuinely local statements, one for each region.
A state \(\omega \) on the local algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) is pure if and only if it is an extreme point of the state space of \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\).
This is the abstract equivalence 198 applied to the C*-algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\).
For a state \(\omega \) on the local algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) there is a GNS triple \((H, \pi , \Omega )\) reproducing \(\omega \) in which \(\omega \) is pure if and only if the representation \(\pi \) is irreducible (its commutant is trivial).
This combines the GNS construction with the abstract 190.
For a pure state \(\omega \) on the local algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) there is a cyclic GNS triple reproducing \(\omega \) whose generated von Neumann algebra \(\pi (\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}))''\) has trivial center (it is a factor) and is in fact all of \(\mathcal{B}(H)\).
Two irreducible representations of a curved local algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) are either disjoint or unitarily equivalent.
This is the abstract irreducible dichotomy (216) registered per region on the C*-algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) — the right generality in curved spacetime, where sectors are attached to the local algebras.
The curved mirror of 213. Let \(\mathfrak {U}\) be a Haag-Kastler net in curved spacetime (277); the covariance equivalence \(\alpha _\varphi : \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}) \simeq \mathfrak {U}(\varphi \cdot \mathbf{B})\) of Axiom 5 (276) is a \(*\)-isomorphism of local algebras. Let \(\omega \) be a state on \(\mathfrak {U}(\varphi \cdot \mathbf{B})\), so that \(\omega \circ \alpha _\varphi \) is a state on \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) (200); let \((H_1, \pi _1, \Omega _1)\) be a cyclic representation of \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) reproducing \(\omega \circ \alpha _\varphi \) and \((H_2, \pi _2, \Omega _2)\) a cyclic representation of \(\mathfrak {U}(\varphi \cdot \mathbf{B})\) reproducing \(\omega \). Then \(\pi _1\) is unitarily equivalent to \(\pi _2 \circ \alpha _\varphi \); moreover \(\pi _1\) is irreducible if and only if \(\pi _2\) is, and \(\pi _1(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}))''\) is a factor if and only if \(\pi _2(\mathfrak {U}(\varphi \cdot \mathbf{B}))''\) is. So the superselection type of a local state is constant along the isometry orbit of the region.
10.4.5 Covariant States in Curved Spacetime
As in the Minkowski case, the isometric covariance (276) acts fiberwise through the \(*\)-isomorphisms \(\alpha _\varphi : \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}) \to \mathfrak {U}(\varphi (\mathbf{B}))\). Since there is no quasilocal algebra, only the local notion of a covariant family of states is available.
Given a Haag-Kastler net on a Lorentzian spacetime (277), a covariant family of local states assigns to every region \(\mathbf{B}\) a state \(\omega _{\mathbf{B}}\) on \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) such that, for every identity-component isometry \(\varphi \) and every \(a \in \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\), \(\omega _{\mathbf{B}}(a) = \omega _{\varphi (\mathbf{B})}(\alpha _\varphi a)\), where \(\alpha _\varphi \) is the covariance isomorphism of 276.
For a covariant family of local states, the covariance relation composes along the isometry group: \(\omega _{\mathbf{B}}(a) = \omega _{\varphi '(\varphi (\mathbf{B}))}\big(\alpha _{\varphi '}(\alpha _\varphi a)\big)\).
Apply the covariance relation of 305 at \(\varphi \) and then again at \(\varphi '\) on the region \(\varphi (\mathbf{B})\).
10.4.6 The Stabilizer GNS Unitary in Curved Spacetime
In the Minkowski case the fiberwise covariance action lifts to a \(*\)-automorphism of the quasilocal algebra \(\mathfrak {U}\), on whose GNS space an invariant state induces a unitary representation of the full Poincaré group (245). In curved spacetime there is no quasilocal algebra, so the covariance isomorphisms \(\alpha _\varphi : \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}) \to \mathfrak {U}(\varphi (\mathbf{B}))\) map between different local algebras and do not assemble into a single unitary representation.
They do, however, restrict to a genuine action by automorphisms of one fixed local algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) on the stabilizer subgroup \(\mathrm{Stab}(\mathbf{B}) = \{ \varphi : \varphi (\mathbf{B}) = \mathbf{B}\} \) of the region: when \(\varphi (\mathbf{B}) = \mathbf{B}\), the isomorphism \(\alpha _\varphi : \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}) \to \mathfrak {U}(\varphi (\mathbf{B})) = \mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) is an automorphism of \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\). Physically \(\mathrm{Stab}(\mathbf{B})\) is the curved-spacetime stand-in for the global symmetry group, typically a Killing flow (the stationary flow of a black-hole exterior, giving a Hartle-Hawking/KMS state; the de Sitter static-patch boost, giving the Gibbons-Hawking temperature) or a spatial-symmetry subgroup (the rotations fixing a comoving ball in an FLRW cosmology).
For an identity-component isometry \(\varphi \) fixing the region \(\mathbf{B}\) (so \(\varphi (\mathbf{B}) = \mathbf{B}\)), the covariance isomorphism \(\alpha _\varphi \) of 276 lands back in \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) and so defines an automorphism \(\hat\alpha _\varphi \) of the single algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\).
The assignment \(\varphi \mapsto \hat\alpha _\varphi \) is a monoid action of \(\mathrm{Stab}(\mathbf{B})\) by automorphisms of \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\): \(\hat\alpha _1 = \mathrm{id}\) and \(\hat\alpha _{\varphi '\varphi } = \hat\alpha _{\varphi '}\circ \hat\alpha _\varphi \).
These follow from the identity and composition laws of the covariance action (276); the canonical region-casts collapse because all the regions involved equal \(\mathbf{B}\).
Let \(\omega \) be a state on \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) invariant under the stabilizer action, \(\omega (\hat\alpha _\varphi a) = \omega (a)\) for all \(\varphi \in \mathrm{Stab}(\mathbf{B})\). Then the action is implemented on the GNS Hilbert space of \(\omega \) by a unitary representation \(U\) of \(\mathrm{Stab}(\mathbf{B})\): there is a GNS triple \((H, \pi , \Omega )\) and unitaries \(U(\varphi )\) with \(U(\varphi )\, \pi (a)\Omega = \pi (\hat\alpha _\varphi a)\, \Omega \), \(U(\varphi )\Omega = \Omega \), the group laws, and \(U(1) = \mathrm{id}\).
This is the curved-spacetime counterpart of 245: in the absence of a quasilocal algebra, the unitary representation is of the stabilizer subgroup acting on the single algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\), rather than of the full isometry group. The group laws of \(U\) come from the group-action laws of the stabilizer action (308).
If moreover the isometry group carries a topology (the abstract interface supplies none, so it is an added hypothesis) and the matrix coefficients \(\varphi \mapsto \omega \big(a^*\, \hat\alpha _\varphi b\big)\) are continuous on \(\mathrm{Stab}(\mathbf{B})\), then the representation \(U\) is strongly continuous: \(\varphi \mapsto U(\varphi )\psi \) is continuous for every GNS vector \(\psi \).
The stabilizer subgroup inherits its topology as a subspace of the isometry group.
A state \(\omega \) on a local algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) that is invariant under the stabilizer action and pure yields a GNS representation that is simultaneously covariant - implemented by a unitary representation \(U\) of \(\mathrm{Stab}(\mathbf{B})\) fixing the cyclic vector \(\Omega \), with operator covariance \(U(\varphi )\, \pi (a)\, U(\varphi )^{-1} = \pi (\hat\alpha _\varphi a)\) - and irreducible; in particular it generates all of \(\mathcal{B}(H)\) (\(\pi (\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B}))'' = \mathcal{B}(H)\)). It is not a vacuum: curved spacetime admits no global vacuum, and the analogue of the spectrum condition (the Hadamard / microlocal spectrum condition) is a separate requirement not imposed here.
A state \(\omega \) on a local algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) is pure if and only if its pullback \(\omega \circ \hat\alpha _\varphi \) along the stabilizer automorphism is pure, for every \(\varphi \in \mathrm{Stab}(\mathbf{B})\).
This is the curved specialization of 253: purity is invariant under the isometric symmetry that fixes the region.
The curved counterpart of 254. For \(g\) in the stabilizer \(\mathrm{Stab}(\mathbf{B})\) the stabilizer automorphism \(\hat\alpha _g\) (307) is a \(*\)-automorphism of the single local algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\). So for a state \(\omega \) on \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\), a cyclic representation reproducing \(\omega \circ \hat\alpha _g\) is unitarily equivalent to \(\pi _\omega \circ \hat\alpha _g\), is irreducible exactly when \(\pi _\omega \) is, and generates a factor exactly when \(\pi _\omega \) does. Since curved spacetime has no quasilocal algebra, the stabilizer subgroup replaces the full Lorentz group here: the superselection type of a local state is invariant under the symmetries of the region that fix it.
10.4.7 KMS States for a Killing Flow
The stabilizer subgroup of a region is, in the genuinely curved examples, a one-parameter Killing flow rather than the full isometry group. Such a flow makes the local algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) into a dynamical system, and the natural equilibrium states are the KMS states (257) for that flow. This is the precise sense in which the curved-spacetime thermal states are thermal: the Hartle-Hawking state on a Schwarzschild exterior is KMS for the stationary Killing flow at the Hawking temperature, and the Bunch-Davies state restricted to a de Sitter static patch is KMS for the boost Killing flow at the Gibbons-Hawking temperature.
A Killing flow fixing a region \(\mathbf{B}\) is a map \(t \mapsto \varphi _t\) from \(\mathbb {R}\) into the stabilizer \(\mathrm{Stab}(\mathbf{B})\). Through the stabilizer automorphism (307) it induces, for each \(t\), an automorphism \(\hat\alpha _{\varphi _t}\) of the single local algebra \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) - the time evolution of \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) along the flow.
If the flow is a one-parameter subgroup of \(\mathrm{Stab}(\mathbf{B})\) (\(\varphi _0 = 1\) and \(\varphi _{s+t} = \varphi _s\, \varphi _t\)), then the induced family \(t \mapsto \hat\alpha _{\varphi _t}\) is a one-parameter automorphism group of \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) (256).
This is immediate from the group-action laws of the stabilizer action (308).
A state \(\omega \) on \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) is a KMS state for the Killing flow \(\varphi \) at inverse temperature \(\beta \) if it satisfies the KMS condition (257) for the induced one-parameter automorphism group (315). When \(\beta {\gt} 0\) such a state is automatically invariant under the flow (263), so it induces, by the stabilizer GNS unitary (309), a unitary representation of the flow on its GNS space - the modular/thermal time evolution.
Let \(\omega \) be a KMS state on \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) for a one-parameter Killing flow \(t \mapsto \varphi _t\) into \(\mathrm{Stab}(\mathbf{B})\), at inverse temperature \(\beta {\gt} 0\), whose matrix coefficients \(t \mapsto \omega (a^* \hat\alpha _{\varphi _t} b)\) are continuous. Then its GNS triple \((H, \pi , \Omega )\) carries a strongly continuous one-parameter unitary group \(U : \mathbb {R} \to \mathcal{U}(H)\) implementing the flow: \(U_t\, \pi (a)\Omega = \pi (\hat\alpha _{\varphi _t} a)\Omega \), \(U_t\Omega = \Omega \), \(U_0 = \mathrm{id}\), \(U_{s+t} = U_s U_t\), and \(t \mapsto U_t\psi \) is continuous for every \(\psi \). This is the curved-spacetime equilibrium (thermal) representation - the analogue of the Minkowski vacuum representation - realized for the Hartle-Hawking and Gibbons-Hawking states.
A convex combination \(s\, \omega _1 + (1-s)\, \omega _2\) (\(0 \le s \le 1\)) of two KMS states on \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) for the same Killing flow \(\varphi \) at the same inverse temperature \(\beta \) is again a KMS state for that flow. Physically, the curved-spacetime thermal equilibrium states for a stationary Killing flow form a convex set.
This specializes the abstract KMS convexity (258) to the induced one-parameter group \(\mathrm{flowAut}\).
A state \(\omega \) on \(\mathfrak {U}(\mathbf{B})\) is a ground state for a one-parameter Killing flow \(t \mapsto \varphi _t\) into \(\mathrm{Stab}(\mathbf{B})\) when it is invariant under the flow and, in a GNS representation reproducing \(\omega \) and implementing the flow by unitaries \(U(t)\) fixing \(\Omega \), the one-parameter unitary group \(t \mapsto U(t)\) has positive energy (247). This is the ground-state (\(\beta \to \infty \), spectrum-condition) counterpart of the Killing-flow KMS state 316: it selects the stationary state whose Killing-flow generator, the local Hamiltonian, is positive. Two Stone-free consequences: a ground state is flow-invariant, and its implementing unitary group is strongly continuous. The positive-energy condition is the bounded-generator scaffold; the faithful unbounded form is Stone-gated.
10.5 General Covariance: Nets on Pullback-Related Metrics
The gauge group of general relativity is the full diffeomorphism group of \(M\), acting on all fields, the metric included. The physical content of a spacetime is therefore its diffeomorphism-equivalence class, not the pair \((M,g)\) itself. Given a \(C^\infty \) diffeomorphism \(\psi \) of \(M\), the models \((M,g)\) and \((M, \psi ^*g)\) differ only by a relabelling of the points of \(M\) that carries the metric along with it. The hole argument shows that treating such a relabelling as physical would destroy determinism: taking \(\psi \) to be the identity outside a region and nontrivial inside it produces two models agreeing on all data outside the region yet differing inside it, so the field in the “hole” would not be determined. Its standard resolution — Leibniz equivalence — is to declare diffeomorphic models to represent the same physical situation. Accordingly we postulate that a net theory assigns equivalent nets to such backgrounds. This is an independent physical assumption about the theory, not a consequence of Axioms 1–5, each of which constrains a single net over a single fixed spacetime.
The geometry this rests on — the pullback metric, the pullback of a time orientation, that a pullback of a Lorentzian spacetime is again one, and the cross-metric causal-transport lemmas — is developed in Section 10.2.
Let \(M_1\) and \(M_2\) be Lorentzian spacetimes (78) and let \(e : M_1.\mathrm{Carrier} \simeq M_2.\mathrm{Carrier}\) be a bijection of their carriers which maps basis sets to basis sets: \(M_2.\mathrm{IsBasisSet}\, (e(\mathbf{B}))\) holds whenever \(M_1.\mathrm{IsBasisSet}\, \mathbf{B}\) does. Let \(\mathfrak {U}_1\) and \(\mathfrak {U}_2\) be Haag-Kastler nets (277) over \(M_1\) and \(M_2\) respectively. An equivalence of nets along \(e\) is a chosen family of unital \(*\)-isomorphisms
one for each basis set \(\mathbf{B}\) of \(M_1\) — well-typed precisely because of the basis-set hypothesis on \(e\) — such that for all basis sets \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2\) of \(M_1\) the diagram
commutes, where \(\iota _1\) and \(\iota _2\) are the canonical isotony embeddings \(\mathtt{commIsotony}\) of the two nets.
Three points on the encoding.
The carriers are related by data, not by an equality. A Lorentzian spacetime (78) carries its point set as a field, so “two spacetimes on a common carrier” would be an assertion of type equality between \(M_1.\mathrm{Carrier}\) and \(M_2.\mathrm{Carrier}\). That is not a usable hypothesis: it cannot be transported along, and it forces the regions, basis-set predicates and algebras of the two nets to be compared across a type cast. Supplying a bijection \(e\) instead makes every comparison take place at a definite type, and it is exactly what the geometric case provides, the relabelling diffeomorphism being a bijection of the carrier with itself.
Only the basis-set condition on \(e\) is needed here. The definition mentions neither metrics nor isometries. All it requires of \(e\) is that it carry basis sets to basis sets, which is what makes \(\Theta _{\mathbf{B}}\) typecheck. The geometric input — that a cross-metric isometry satisfying the two-sided orientation hypothesis does carry basis sets to basis sets — is supplied at the point of use, in 321.
\(\Theta \) must be data, and the \(\iota _i\) come for free. The family \(\Theta \) has to be data rather than a bare existence statement, since the commuting square refers to the chosen maps. The vertical arrows must likewise be chosen embeddings and not mere existence witnesses — but no extra hypothesis is needed to obtain them: Axiom 2 (272) supplies the isotony family as chosen data, together with its injectivity, for every inclusion of basis sets, and we adopt that convention rather than have the equivalence carry a supplied family of embeddings in the style of Axiom 5 (276).
Note also that naturality needs no composition or compatibility hypothesis: it is one square attached to a single inclusion \(\mathbf{B}_1 \subseteq \mathbf{B}_2\) and never composes two embeddings. That observation still stands, but its justification has changed. It previously mattered because the embeddings were witnesses chosen inside Axiom 3, which carried no composition law, so coherence had to be assumed wherever a three-fold inclusion was factored — as in 282. Axiom 2 now carries the identity and composition laws itself, so that coherence holds for every net and nothing has to be assumed anywhere; the point here is simply that this square would not have needed it in any case.
A net theory is a section of the family of Haag-Kastler nets over Lorentzian spacetimes, that is, a term
assigning to every geometric Lorentzian spacetime \(L\) (78) a net \(\mathfrak {U}_L\) over the abstract spacetime interface it induces. Such a theory is generally covariant when, for every \(L\) with underlying spacetime \((M,g,t)\) and every \(C^\infty \) diffeomorphism \(\psi \) of \(M\), the nets \(\mathfrak {U}_{\psi ^*L}\) and \(\mathfrak {U}_L\) are equivalent in the sense of 320 along the bijection \(e := \psi \) of the common carrier, read as a bijection from the carrier of \(\psi ^*L\) to the carrier of \(L\) (it is \(\psi \), not \(\psi ^{-1}\), that carries \(\psi ^*L\)-diamonds to \(L\)-diamonds). Here \(\psi ^*L\) is the pullback Lorentzian spacetime, which is one by 130, carrying \(\psi ^*g\) (99) and \(\psi ^*t\); its basis-set hypothesis on \(e\) is discharged by 127, applied to \(\psi \) viewed as an isometry from \(\psi ^*(M,g)\) to \((M,g)\) (117), whose two-sided orientation hypothesis holds by 116.
Quantifying over all Lorentzian spacetimes rather than over the metrics on one fixed carrier is what makes this a statement about the theory. An assignment \((g,t) \mapsto \mathfrak {U}_{(g,t)}\) with \(M\) held fixed would tie the notion to a chosen carrier and could not be instantiated at the pullback of a spacetime whose carrier is presented differently; the section formulation has no such parameter, and the pullback of any \(L\) is again an object of the same family, so both sides of the equivalence are always in scope.
Four remarks on this postulate.
A postulate, not a theorem. A priori nothing forces the nets over \((M,g,t)\) and over \(\psi ^*(M,g,t)\) to be isomorphic; general covariance asserts it. What it encodes is Leibniz equivalence: the choice of representative within a diffeomorphism class is gauge, and so can have no observable consequences. Correspondingly it provides equivalences only for diffeomorphism-related backgrounds, and says nothing whatever about two backgrounds that are not so related.
Why the morphism is specified geometrically rather than causally. One might try to define the morphism abstractly, as a bijection of points preserving the basis sets and complete spacelike separation. That would be too weak: there are such maps that are not isometries. The dilations \(x \mapsto \lambda x\) of standard Minkowski spacetime are causal automorphisms (91) — they preserve the chronological order, hence the Alexandrov basis — and for \(\lambda \neq 1\) they are not isometries (92). So quantifying over abstract causal morphisms would demand scale covariance of the net, which is false for a massive theory. (We claim only this one direction. Zeeman’s classification of all causal automorphisms of Minkowski spacetime as generated by the orthochronous Poincaré transformations together with the dilations is neither in Mathlib nor in this blueprint, and is not needed: a single counterexample suffices.) Specifying the morphism as a diffeomorphism together with the equation \(\psi ^*g_2 = g_1\) (117) avoids this, excluding the dilations automatically by 92.
The relabelling must be \(\psi \), not the identity. A basis set \(\mathbf{B}\) of \((M,g_1,t_1)\) is in general not a basis set of \((M,g_2,t_2)\), the two causal structures being different, and \(\psi \) is precisely the map that matches them up (127). This is why the region appearing on the right of \(\Theta _{\mathbf{B}}\) is \(\psi (\mathbf{B})\) and not \(\mathbf{B}\).
Not a sixth field of the net structure. Axioms 1–5 are conditions on a single net over a fixed spacetime, whereas general covariance relates two nets over two spacetimes. It is therefore a property of the section \(L \mapsto \mathfrak {U}_L\), not an extra component of 277. Note also that, unlike Axiom 5 (276), no restriction to diffeomorphisms connected to the identity is needed here, because nothing requires a single net to carry a representation of a group: the equivalence compares two nets rather than acting on one.